Tax Notes logo

Rev. Proc. 91-33


Rev. Proc. 91-33; 1991-1 C.B. 575

DATED
DOCUMENT ATTRIBUTES
  • Language
    English
  • Tax Analysts Electronic Citation
    not available
Citations: Rev. Proc. 91-33; 1991-1 C.B. 575

Superseded by Rev. Proc. 92-46 Modified by Rev. Proc. 92-15

Rev. Proc. 91-33

NOTE: This revenue procedure may be used to prepare tax year 1991 information returns for submission to Internal Revenue Service (IRS) using any of the following:

--Magnetic Tape

--Tape Cartridge

--5 1/4-inch Diskette

--3 1/2-inch Diskette

--Electronic Filing

--(Asynchronous)

--(Bisynchronous)

--8-inch Diskette

An updated copy is published each year. Please read this publication carefully. Persons required to file may be subject to penalties for failure to file or failure to include correct information if they do not follow the instructions in this revenue procedure.

                          TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

PART A. GENERAL

 

 

     SECTION 1. PURPOSE

 

     SECTION 2. NATURE OF CHANGES--CURRENT YEAR (TAX YEAR 1991)

 

     SECTION 3. HOW TO CONTACT THE IRS MARTINSBURG COMPUTING CENTER

 

     SECTION 4. FILING REQUIREMENTS

 

     SECTION 5. FORM 8508, REQUEST FOR WAIVER FROM FILING

 

                 INFORMATION RETURNS ON MAGNETIC MEDIA

 

     SECTION 6. VENDOR LIST

 

     SECTION 7. FORM 4419, APPLICATION FOR FILING INFORMATION

 

                 RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY

 

     SECTION 8. TEST FILES

 

     SECTION 9. FILING OF INFORMATION RETURNS

 

                 MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY AND RETENTION

 

                 REQUIREMENTS

 

     SECTION 10. FILING DATES

 

     SECTION 11. EXTENSIONS OF TIME TO FILE

 

     SECTION 12. PROCESSING OF INFORMATION RETURNS

 

                 MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY

 

     SECTION 13. PENALTIES

 

     SECTION 14. CORRECTED RETURNS

 

     SECTION 15. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)

 

     SECTION 16. EFFECT ON PAPER RETURNS

 

     SECTION 17. COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM

 

     SECTION 18. DEFINITION OF TERMS

 

     SECTION 19. STATE ABBREVIATIONS

 

     SECTION 20. MAJOR PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

 

 

PART B. MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

     SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

     SECTION 2. TAPE SPECIFICATIONS

 

     SECTION 3. 5 1/4-INCH AND 3 1/2-INCH DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

 

     SECTION 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

     SECTION 5. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD--GENERAL FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND

 

                 RECORD LAYOUTS

 

     SECTION 7. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 8. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 9. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

PART C. ELECTRONIC FILING SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

     SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

     SECTION 2. ELECTRONIC FILING APPROVAL PROCEDURE

 

     SECTION 3. TEST FILES

 

     SECTION 4. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS

 

     SECTION 5. TRANSMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

 

     SECTION 6. INFORMATION REPORTING PROGRAM BULLETIN BOARD SYSTEM

 

                 (IRP-BBS) SPECIFICATIONS

 

     SECTION 7. IBM 3780 BISYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATION SPECIFICATIONS

 

     SECTION 8. BISYNCHRONOUS ELECTRONIC FILING RECORD

 

                 SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

PART D. SINGLE DENSITY DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

     SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

     SECTION 2. DISKETTE HEADER LABEL

 

     SECTION 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

     SECTION 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD--GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS

 

     SECTION 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1

 

                 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT,

 

                 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1

 

                 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S,

 

                 AND W-2G

 

     SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1

 

                 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT,

 

                 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1

 

                 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S,

 

                 AND W-2G

 

     SECTION 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A

 

     SECTION 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B.

 

     SECTION 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID

 

     SECTION 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S

 

     SECTION 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G

 

     SECTION 13. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 14. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 15. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

PART E. DOUBLE DENSITY DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

     SECTION 1. GENERAL

 

     SECTION 2. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

     SECTION 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 4. PAYEE "B" RECORD--GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS

 

     SECTION 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1

 

                 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT,

 

                 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF

 

                 FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G

 

     SECTION 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2

 

                 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC,

 

                 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A,

 

                 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G

 

     SECTION 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A

 

     SECTION 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B

 

     SECTION 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID

 

     SECTION 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S

 

     SECTION 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD--FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD

 

                 LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G

 

     SECTION 12. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 13. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

     SECTION 14. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD--RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

PART F. MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION

 

 

     SECTION 1. MAGNETIC MEDIA RELATED FORMS AND PUBLICATIONS

 

                 AVAILABLE AT THE IRS MARTINSBURG COMPUTING CENTER

 

     SECTION 2. FEDERAL DOLLAR CRITERIA

 

     SECTION 3. MAGNETIC TAPE/DISKETTE FORMAT FOR EXTENSION OF TIME

 

 

PART A. GENERAL

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

.01 The purpose of this revenue procedure is to provide the specifications for filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G electronically or on magnetic media which includes 1/2-inch magnetic tape; IBM 3480 compatible tape cartridges; or 5 1/4-, 3 1/2-, and 8-inch diskettes, with IRS. THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE MUST BE USED FOR THE PREPARATION OF 1991 INFORMATION RETURNS ONLY. Specifications for filing the following forms are contained in this procedure:

(a) Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement.

(b) Form 1099-A, Acquisition or Abandonment of Secured Property.

(c) Form 1099-B, Proceeds From Broker and Barter Exchange Transactions.

(d) Form 1099-DIV, Dividends and Distributions.

(e) Form 1099-G, Certain Government Payments.

(f) Form 1099-INT, Interest Income.

(g) Form 1099-MISC, Miscellaneous Income.

(h) Form 1099-OID, Original Issue Discount.

(i) Form 1099-PATR, Taxable Distributions Received From Cooperatives.

(j) Form 1099-R (Replaces Form W-2P), Distributions From Pensions, Annuities, Retirement or Profit Sharing Plans, IRAs, Insurance Contracts, etc.

(k) Form 1099-S, Proceeds From Real Estate Transactions.

(l) Form 5498, Individual Retirement Arrangement Information.

(m) Form W-2G, Certain Gambling Winnings.

.02 Specifications for filing Forms 1042S and 8027 are contained in separate IRS publications. Specifications for filing Forms W-2 on magnetic media are available from the Social Security Administration (SSA) ONLY.

.03 In most cases, the box numbers on the paper forms correspond with the amount codes used to file magnetically/electronically; however, if discrepancies occur, the instructions in this revenue procedure govern.

.04 The Internal Revenue Service Martinsburg Computing Center (IRS/MCC) has the responsibility for processing information returns filed on magnetic media or by electronic filing. These information returns include Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G.

IRS/MCC does NOT process Forms W-2; these forms, whether you file paper OR magnetic media returns, must be sent to SSA.

IRS/MCC does, however, process magnetic media waiver requests and extension of time requests for filing Forms W-2.

Therefore, you should only contact IRS/MCC with questions concerning Forms W-2 IF THE QUESTIONS PERTAIN TO AN EXTENSION OF TIME TO FILE ON PAPER OR MAGNETIC MEDIA OR TO A MAGNETIC MEDIA WAIVER REQUEST. Questions pertaining to magnetic media filing of Forms W-2 MUST be directed to SSA. TAX LAW QUESTIONS PERTAINING TO FORMS W-2 SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO IRS TAXPAYER SERVICE at 1-800-829-1040 or to your local IRS office.

If you contact IRS/MCC with questions not pertaining to extensions of time or waivers for Forms W-2, we will direct you to either SSA or IRS Taxpayer Service.

.05 Personnel at IRS/MCC are equipped to answer any questions you may have concerning the magnetic media or electronic filing of Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G. Tax law related questions should be directed to IRS Taxpayer Service at 1-800-829-1040.

.06 This revenue procedure also provides the requirements and specifications for magnetic media or electronic filing under the Combined Federal/State Filing Program.

.07 The following revenue procedures and publications provide more detailed filing procedures for certain information returns:

(a) 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" provides specific instructions on completing and submitting information returns to IRS. IRS/MCC includes this publication in the magnetic media reporting packages that are mailed to the transmitters who participate in the Magnetic Media Reporting Program (MMRP). These instructions are also available at IRS offices and can be obtained by contacting your local office, or by calling 1-800-829-FORM.

(b) Rev. Proc. 84-33, 1984-1 C.B. 502, or other current revenue procedures, regarding the optional method for agents to report and deposit backup withholding.

(c) Publication 1179, Specifications for Paper Document Reporting and Paper Substitutes for Forms 1096, 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G.

(d) Publication 1239, Requirements and Conditions for Submitting Form 8027, Employer's Annual Information Return of Tip Income and Allocated Tips, on Magnetic Tape.

(e) Publication 1187, Specifications for Filing Form 1042S, Foreign Person's U.S. Source Income Subject to Withholding, on Magnetic Tape.

(f) Publication 1245, Magnetic Tape Reporting for Forms W-4.

.08 This revenue procedure supersedes the following: Rev. Proc. 90-41 published as Publication 1220 (Rev. 7-90), Specifications for Filing Forms 1098, 1099 Series, 5498 and W-2G Electronically or on Magnetic Tape, Tape Cartridge, 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-Inch Magnetic Diskettes.

.09 This revenue procedure obsoletes the following:

(a) Rev. Proc. 86-31, which provides guidance to filers of certain information returns about the procedures for requesting approval for filing such information returns on a particular form of magnetic medium, or for requesting a waiver of the magnetic media filing requirements.

(b) Rev. Proc. 90-43 published in Publication 1255 (Rev. 8-90), Requirements and Conditions for Filing Forms 1098, 1099 Series, 5498 and W-2G on 8 inch Diskette.

(c) Publication 1527 (7-90), "What is the Information Returns Program Bulletin Board System?"

The information in each of these revenue procedures and in Publication 1527 is now included in this revenue procedure.

.10 Refer to Part A, Sec. 18 for definitions of terms used in this publication.

SEC. 2. NATURE OF CHANGES--CURRENT YEAR (TAX YEAR 1991)

.01 PROGRAMMING CHANGES

Payer/Transmitter "A" Record:

(a) Field Positions 2-3 (pos. 3-4 for 8 inch diskette) "Payment Year"--must be incremented by one year (from 90 to 91).

(b) Field Position 32 (pos. 33 for 8 inch diskette)--"Test/Correction Indicator"--An indicator was added to indicate if file is a test or correction.

(c) Field Positions 23-31 (pos. 24-32 for 8 inch diskette) "Amount Indicators"-- Amount Code "2" was added to Form 1098 to report points paid directly by payer(s)/borrower(s) on purchase of principal residence.

(d) Field Position 33 (pos. 34 for 8 inch diskette)--"Service Bureau Indicator"--An indicator was added for filers who use a service bureau to develop their files.

Payee "B" Record:

(a) Field Positions 2-3 (pos. 3-4 for 8 inch diskette) "Payment Year"--must be incremented by one year (from 90 to 91).

(b) Field Positions 4-5 (pos. 5-6 for 8 inch diskette) "Document Specific Code" for Form 1099-MISC is now being used to report Excess Golden Parachute Payments in addition to Nonemployee Compensation and Crop Insurance Proceeds. A "2" in position 4 (pos. 5 for 8 inch diskette) indicates that an Excess Golden Parachute Payment was made. Position 5 (6 for 8 inch diskette) will be blank.

(c) Field Position 6--(pos. 7 for 8 inch diskette) "2nd TIN Notice"--For Forms 1099-INT, DIV, OID, PATR, MISC and B only. You now may indicate if IRS has notified you twice within 3 calendar years that the payee provided an incorrect taxpayer identification number.

(d) Field Position 47 (pos. 48 for 8 inch diskette)--"Total Distribution Indicator"--For Form 1099-R only. This field is used to indicate if a Gross Distribution is a Total Distribution.

(e) Field Position 48 (pos. 49 for 8 inch diskette)--"Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator"--For Form 1099-R, use this field only if you cannot compute the taxable amount of the gross distribution.

End of Payer "C" Record--No changes.

State Totals "K" Record--No changes.

End of Transmission "F" Record--No changes.

.02 EDITORIAL CHANGES--"GENERAL"

.01 There have been numerous editorial changes. IRS recommends that you read this publication in its entirety to ensure that you report properly. The changes are as follows:

(a) The title of Publication 1220 has changed from "Requirements and Conditions for Filing Forms 1098, 1099 Series, 5498, and W-2G on Magnetic Tape, 5 1/4 and 3 1/2 Inch Magnetic Diskettes" to "Specifications for Filing Form 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G Electronically or on Magnetic Tape, Tape Cartridge, and 5 1/4-, 3 1/2- and 8-Inch Magnetic Diskettes" to include the 8-inch diskette specifications. This revenue procedure now contains specifications for reporting electronically and all types of magnetic media that IRS accepts. All references to Publication 1255 have been removed.

(b) As a result of the combination of Publications 1220 and 1255 (8 inch diskette), Parts D and E have been added. Part D contains specifications for single density 8 inch diskettes. Part E contains specifications for double density 8 inch diskettes. Part A gives general information for all filing. Part B contains specifications for magnetic tape, magnetic tape cartridge, 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes.

(c) Information Reporting Program Bulletin Board System (IRP-BBS) is now available to all filers. Part C contains information on how to contact the bulletin board system and what services are provided.

(d) Starting this year, IRS/MCC will accept information returns, both original and corrections, using asynchronous protocols through IRP-BBS.

(e) The telephone number for the IRS/MCC fax machine is now provided in Part A, Sec. 3.04.

(f) Part F, "Miscellaneous Information," now includes instructions and record format for transmitters to use if they are requesting extensions of time for 50 or more payers.

(g) Some of the titles of the information returns forms changed; therefore, they were changed in this publication to concur with paper documents.

(h) All references to Form W-2P have been removed. Payers who filed Form W-2P, "Statement for Recipients of Annuities, Pensions, Retired Pay or IRA Payments," with SSA in the past now must file Form 1099-R with IRS. Form W-2P has been eliminated.

(i) Note was added to Part A, Sec. 5 regarding waivers. Waiver requests due to IRS/MCC changed from 90 days prior to the due date to 45 days.

(j) Note was added to Part A, Sec. 5 regarding waivers for Desert Storm participants who make IRA contributions after the normal contribution date.

(k) Note was added to Part A, Sec. 11 regarding extensions of time. MCC will grant an extension of time for 60 days rather than in increments of 30 days.

(l) Filers will no longer be required to include a copy of their approval letter for an extension of time with their shipments. This includes paper and magnetic media filing.

(m) The forms provided for filers use (4419, 4804, 4802, 8508, Notice 210) have been moved from the center of the publication to the back. Some of the form titles have changed.

(n) Note was added that when IRS/MCC returns problem media, where possible, we will only send back the media that needs replacing -- not the complete shipment.

(o) Added a note to Part A, Sec. 8, explaining which records should be included in a test submission.

(p) Added several new definitions to Part A, Sec 18, Definition of Terms.

(q) Added Part A, Sec 13 -- "Penalties".

(r) In Part A, Sec. 20, "Major Problems Encountered" two new problems were added and several were deleted.

(s) Added note to Part A, Sec 14, "How to File Corrected Returns" about filing corrections for prior year.

(t) In Part A, Sec. 16, Table 2, "Dollar Criteria for State Reporting," there is no longer a filing requirement for Form 1099-PATR for the state of Wisconsin.

(u) Added statement to Part A, Sec. 9.11 regarding retention requirements for information returns whenever backup withholding is imposed.

.03 EDITORIAL CHANGES--"MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS"

.01 The following editorial changes were made to Part B, and, as a result of the Publication 1220 and 1255 being combined, some changes may also apply to Parts D and E:

(a) IRS/MCC no longer accepts 7 track tapes; therefore, all references to 7 track specifications have been removed.

(b) Part B, Sec. 2 specifications were clarified for tape cartridges.

(c) Information was added to Part B, Sec. 3 for 1.44 mb capacity; now includes 135 tpi.

(d) Information was added to Part B, Sec. 3 about accepting EBC-DIC for 5 1/4-inch diskette if created on IBM System 36.

(e) Part B, Sec. 4, "Payer/Transmitter 'A' Record" the following changes were made to the Amount Indicator fields:

(1) For Form 1099-G, Amount Code 2, title changed to "State or local income tax refunds, credits or offsets."

(2) For Form 1099-INT, Amount Code 1, title changed to "Interest income not included in Amount Code 3."

(3) For Form 1099-MISC, Amount Code 7, title changed to "Nonemployee Compensation, Crop Insurance Proceeds or Excess Golden Parachute Payments."

(4) A note was added to Amount Code 2, "Royalties," that timber royalties under a "pay-as-cut" contract are not to be reported on Form 1099-MISC, but on Form 1099-S.

(5) Note was added to Form 1099-R that additional information may be required in the "B" Record for some filers.

(6) Note was added to Form 1099-R, Amount Code 1, that if a payment is a total distribution, an indicator must be used in the "B" Record.

(7) Note was added to Form 1099-R, Amount Code 2, "Taxable Amount," that if taxable amount cannot be determined, an indicator must be used in the "B" Record.

(8) Note was added to Form 1099-S, Amount Code 2, "Gross Proceeds," that if timber royalties under a "pay-as-cut" contract are being reported, the word "TIMBER" must be added to the description field of the "B" record.

(f) Field Position 4-5 (5-6 for 8 inch diskette), Document Specific Code, was reworded and rearranged to help clarify the information needed to be reported in these fields.

(1) Form 1099-G was changed to include credits and offsets.

(2) Form 1099-MISC was changed to include instructions on reporting Excess Golden Parachute Payments.

(3) Form 1099-R clarification was added when using Distribution Codes A, B or C.

(g) Note was added to Name Control field explaining that IRS/MCC may drop the extraneous words and characters when processing data.

(h) Note was added to First Payee Name Line about inherited IRA reporting.

(i) For Form 1099-B, "Description" includes additional instructions for reporting.

(j) Descriptive information was added and record layout was revised to add the "2nd TIN Notice" field, where applicable.

(k) Descriptive information was added and record layout was revised to add the "Total Distribution Indicator" for Form 1099-R.

(l) Descriptive information was added and record layout was revised to add the "Taxable Amount Not Determined Indicator" for Form 1099-R.

SEC. 3. HOW TO CONTACT THE IRS MARTINSBURG COMPUTING CENTER

.01 Magnetic media processing for all service centers is centralized at IRS/MCC. Your magnetic media files containing information returns covered by this revenue procedure, and all requests for IRS magnetic media-related publications, information, undue hardship waivers, requests for extensions of time to file, or magnetic media-related forms are to be sent to the following addresses:

     If by Postal Service:

 

     IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

     P.O. Box 1359

 

     Martinsburg, WV 25401-1359

 

 

     or

 

 

     If by truck or air freight:

 

     IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

     Magnetic Media Reporting Section

 

     Route 9 and Needy Road

 

     Martinsburg, WV 25401

 

 

.02 Hours of operation are 8:30 AM until 6:00 PM Eastern time. The telephone number is (304) 263-8700 (not a toll-free number). NOTE: The telephone number for the electronic filing of information returns is provided in Part C, Sec. 7.02 for bisynchronous filing; Sec. 6.04 for asynchronous filing. If you need to contact the Electronic Filing Coordinator at IRS/MCC, you may call (304) 263-8700.

.03 IRS/MCC has installed Telecommunication Devices for the Deaf (TDD). The number is (304) 267-3367.

.04 The telephone number for the IRS/MCC fax machine is (304) 267-3366.

.05 Requests for 1099 paper returns, publications or forms not related to magnetic media processing, or paper Forms W-2, MUST be requested by calling the "Forms Only Number" listed in the local telephone directory, or by calling the IRS toll-free number 1-800-829-FORM.

.06 Do NOT contact IRS/MCC if:

(a) You have a question concerning filing Forms W-2, either on paper or magnetic media, with SSA. You MUST contact your local SSA office for this information. IRS/MCC will only refer you to SSA.

(b) You want to order paper forms for information return filing, including paper Forms W-2. IRS/MCC does NOT stock any paper forms for information return or wage reporting. Call the IRS toll-free number for forms (1-800-829-FORM), or call your local IRS office to order paper forms.

(c) You have a question concerning the completion of the information return. (For example, "How do I report a premature distribution on Form 1099-R?"). Call the IRS toll-free number (1-800-829-1040) for such information.

(d) You have received a penalty notice and you need additional information, or you are requesting an abatement of the penalty. Penalty notices contain an IRS representative's name and/or phone number to contact with questions. This person will be most familiar with your particular case. The notice may instruct you to respond in writing within a certain timeframe. IRS/MCC does NOT issue penalty notices and does NOT have the authority to abate penalties.

SEC. 4. FILING REQUIREMENTS

.01 Under section 6011(e)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code any person, including corporations, partnerships, individuals, estates, and trusts, who is required to file 250 or more information returns must file such returns on magnetic media. The 250-or-more requirement applies separately for each type of form.

.02 All filing requirements that follow apply individually to each reporting entity as defined by its separate Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN), (Social Security Number (SSN), or Employer Identification Number (EIN)). For example, if you are a corporation with several branches or locations and each uses the same EIN, you must aggregate the total volume of returns to be filed for that EIN and apply the filing requirements to each type of return accordingly.

.03 The following requirements apply separately to both originals and corrections filed on magnetic media:

 1098          250 OR MORE OF ANY of these forms require magnetic

 

 1099-A        media or electronic filing with IRS. These are stand

 

 1099-B        alone documents and are not to be aggregated for

 

 1099-DIV      purposes of determining the 250 threshold. For example,

 

 1099-G        if 100 Forms 1099-B are to be filed, they need not be

 

 1099-INT      filed magnetically or electronically since they do not

 

 1099-MISC     meet the threshold of 250. However, if you have 300

 

 1099-OID      Forms 1099-R, they must be filed magnetically or

 

 1099-PATR     electronically since they meet the threshold of 250.

 

 1099-R

 

 1099-S

 

 5498

 

 W-2G

 

 

.04 The above requirements do not apply if you establish undue hardship (see Part A, Sec. 5).

.05 Filers who are required to submit their information returns on magnetic media may choose to submit their documents by electronic filing instead. Filers who submit their information returns electronically are considered to have satisfied the magnetic media filing requirements.

SEC. 5. FORM 8508, REQUEST FOR WAIVER FROM FILING INFORMATION RETURNS ON MAGNETIC MEDIA

.01 If you are required to file on magnetic media but fail to do so (or to file electronically in lieu of magnetic media filing), and you do not have an approved waiver on record, you may be subject to a failure-to-file penalty of $50 per return. The penalty applies separately to original returns and corrected returns.

.02 If you are required to file original or corrected returns on magnetic media but such filing would create an undue hardship, you may request a waiver from these filing requirements by submitting Form 8508, Request for Waiver From Filing Information Returns on Magnetic Media, to IRS/MCC.

.03 If a waiver for original documents is approved, any corrections for the same types of returns will be covered under this waiver request. However, if you submit your original returns on magnetic media but not your corrections, then a waiver must be requested for corrections only if they exceed the filing threshold of 250 returns.

.04 Generally, only the Payer may sign the Form 8508; however, the transmitter may sign if it has a power-of-attorney from the payer. A copy of the power-of-attorney should be attached to the Form 8508.

.05 A separate Form 8508 must be submitted for each payer. Do not submit a list of payers. All information requested on the Form 8508 must be provided to IRS for the request to be processed.

.06 The waiver, if approved, will provide exemption from magnetic media filing for the current tax year only. Filers may not apply for a waiver for more than one tax year at a time; application must be made each year a waiver is necessary.

.07 Copies of the Form 8508 are included in the back of this publication. You may obtain additional copies from other IRS offices. Form 8508 may be computer generated as long as it contains all the information requested on the original form, or it may be photocopied.

.08 All requests for magnetic media-related undue hardship exemptions must be submitted to IRS/MCC at least 45 days before the due date of the returns. IF A REQUEST IS NOT POSTMARKED AT LEAST 45 DAYS BEFORE THE DUE DATE OF THE RETURNS, IT WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED. Therefore, for Forms 1098, 1099, and W-2G, the waiver request must be submitted to IRS/MCC with a postmark date of no later than January 15. For Forms 5498, the waiver request must be submitted to IRS/MCC with a postmark date of no later than April 17. Any waiver requests received with postmarks after the deadline(s) will be automatically denied.

.09 All magnetic media-related undue hardship requests for Forms W-2 are to be filed with IRS/MCC, NOT SSA, and must be postmarked at least 45 days before the due date of the return. Forms W-2 are due to SSA by February 28. The waiver request must be submitted to IRS/MCC with a postmark date of no later than January 15.

.10 Waivers are granted on a case-by-case basis and are approved or denied by IRS/MCC based on administrative criteria and guidelines. You must allow a minimum of 30 days for IRS/MCC to respond to a waiver request.

.11 If your waiver request is approved, keep the approval letter for your records. DO NOT send a copy of the approved waiver to the service center where you file your paper returns.

.12 An approved waiver from filing information returns on magnetic media does not provide exemption from all filing; you must still timely file your information returns on acceptable paper forms with the appropriate service center.

.13 IRS has issued guidance on the reporting requirements for Desert Storm participants who make IRA contributions for 1990 after April 15, 1991. These contributions may be reported on the 1991 Form 5498 and sent to IRS on PAPER forms. Upon request, IRS/MCC will grant a waiver to file these documents on paper. Submit the Form 8508, "Request for Waiver from Filing Information Returns on Magnetic Media," specify Form 5498, and write "Desert Storm" beside the Form 5498 indicator. Under this circumstance it is not necessary to provide the cost estimates requested by the form. If the total number of Forms 5498 you will file on paper is less than 250, a waiver request would not be necessary. The notice giving complete details was not available when this revenue procedure was published.

SEC. 6. VENDOR LIST

.01 Upon request, IRS/MCC will provide you with a list of vendors who support magnetic media or electronic filing. This list contains the names of service bureaus that will produce your files for you on the prescribed types of magnetic media or via electronic filing. It also contains the names of vendors who can provide software packages for filers who wish to produce magnetic media or electronic files on their own computer systems or personal computers. This list is for filer information only and in no way implies IRS approval or endorsement of their products or services.

.02 IRS/MCC will provide the vendor list to those filers who contact IRS/MCC at the address and phone number shown in Part A, Sec. 3. IRS/MCC WILL NOT PROVIDE ANY VENDOR NAMES OVER THE TELEPHONE.

.03 If you are a vendor who offers a software package, has the ability to produce magnetic media for your customers, or has the capability to electronically file information returns, and you would like to be included on the list, you MUST submit a written request. The written request must include:

(a) The company name,

(b) Address (include the city, state, and ZIP code),

(c) Telephone number (include area code),

(d) Contact person,

(e) Type of service provided (for example, service bureau and/or software), and

(f) Type(s) of magnetic media offered (for example, 1/2 inch magnetic tape; tape cartridge; 8-inch, 5 1/4-inch, and/or 3 1/2-inch magnetic diskettes; electronic filing).

.04 You may submit your request to be added to the vendor list at any time. Send the written request to IRS/MCC. IRS/MCC WILL NOT ACCEPT ANY VENDOR NAMES OVER THE TELEPHONE. The vendor list will be updated once a year, in March, to include new vendors. At this time, IRS/MCC will send a letter to anyone on the current vendor list to ensure we have current and correct information on file.

SEC. 7. FORM 4419, APPLICATION FOR FILING INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY

.01 For purposes of this revenue procedure, the PAYER may be the person or organization making payments; a recipient of mortgage interest payments; a broker; a barter exchange; a person reporting a real estate transaction; a trustee or issuer of an IRA or SEP; or a lender who acquires an interest in secured property or who has reason to know that the property has been abandoned. The TRANSMITTER is the person or organization submitting the magnetic media file. The payer and transmitter may be the same person or organization.

Payers or transmitters are required to complete Form 4419, "Application for Filing Information Returns Magnetically/Electronically," to ensure equipment compatibility. A single Form 4419 should be filed no matter how many types of returns the payer or transmitter will be submitting on magnetic media or by electronic filing. For example, if you plan to file Forms 1099-INT and Forms 1099-DIV on magnetic media, submit one Form 4419. If you later wish to file another type of Form 1099, 1098, 5498, or W-2G on magnetic media, it is not necessary to submit a new Form 4419. If you wish to file both electronically and magnetically, you need only submit one Form 4419.

Copies of Form 4419, for your use, are included in the back of this publication. Please read the instructions on the back of the form carefully. This form may be photocopied. Requests for additional forms or other information related to magnetic media processing should be addressed to IRS/MCC.

.02 Form 4419 can be submitted at any time during the year. However, Form 4419 should be submitted to IRS/MCC at least 30 days before the due date of the return(s) you wish to file. For documents to be filed electronically using IBM 3780 bisynchronous protocols, Form 4419 should be submitted as soon as possible, but at least 45 days prior to the due date of the return (see Part C, Sec. 2). This will allow IRS/MCC the minimum amount of time necessary to process your application and send a response back to you. Otherwise, you may not receive your Transmitter Control Code (TCC) in time to code it in your Payer/Transmitter "A" Record. In the event your computer equipment or software is not compatible with IRS equipment, a waiver may be requested to file your returns on paper documents for that tax year.

A five character alpha/numeric Transmitter Control Code (TCC) will be assigned and included in an approval letter. If you have more than one TCC, they must be reported on separate media or in separate transmissions if filing electronically. You cannot use two TCCs on the same medium.

IRS encourages transmitters who file for multiple payers to submit one application and to use their TCC for all payers. Include a list of all payers and their TINs with the Form 4419. If you file for additional payers in later years, notify IRS in writing providing the additional names and TINs. Do not submit a new application for these additional payers.

Magnetic tape, diskette, and electronically filed returns may not be submitted to IRS until the application has been approved and a TCC assigned. This TCC must be entered in the TCC field of the "A" Record--DO NOT enter blanks because your media will be returned.

.03 Upon approval, a magnetic media reporting package containing the current revenue procedures and necessary transmittals, forms, labels, and instructions will be sent to the attention of the contact person indicated on Form 4419. Thereafter, IRS/MCC will send the transmitter a package containing the updated revenue procedure and forms each year. This package will continue to be sent to the contact person indicated on the Form 4419 unless IRS/MCC has been notified of any changes or updates.

.04 If you are an approved filer on magnetic media and the name, EIN, or address of your organization or contact person changes, please notify IRS/MCC in writing so that your file may be updated to reflect the current information.

.05 If you have your files prepared by a service bureau, you may not need to submit an application to obtain a TCC. Some service bureaus will produce your file for you, code their own TCC on the media, and send it to IRS/MCC.

Other service bureaus will prepare your magnetic media files and send them back to you to submit to IRS/MCC. These service bureaus may require you to obtain your own TCC to be coded in the "A" Record. Contact your service bureau for further information.

.06 Once approved to file magnetically/electronically, you do not need to reapply each year unless:

(a) You discontinue filing magnetically/electronically for a year; your TCC may have been reassigned by IRS/MCC.

(b) Your magnetic media files were transmitted in the past by a service bureau using the service bureau's TCC. However, you now have computer equipment compatible with that of IRS and wish to prepare your own files. You must request your own TCC by filing an application Form 4419.

.07 Notify IRS/MCC if you had hardware or software changes that would affect the characteristics of the magnetic media or electronic submission. Be sure to refer to your current TCC in all correspondence with IRS/MCC.

.08 If you file on several different types of magnetic media (e.g., tape, 8-inch diskette, and 5 1/4-inch floppy disk) or by electronic filing, you need only submit one Form 4419. In the past, IRS/MCC required filers submitting different types of media to obtain different TCCs. This is no longer necessary. You may use the same TCC on all of your media. For example, if you submit a magnetic tape, an 8-inch diskette, and a 5 1/4-inch floppy disk, and an electronic file, you may use the same TCC. If you already have different TCCs assigned to you, you may choose any of the TCCs to be coded into the "A" Record. It doesn't matter which one you use; however, remember to code only one TCC per medium. Please contact IRS/MCC and indicate which TCC(s) you will not be using so that we can remove them from our files.

.09 In accordance with section 1.6041-7(b) of the Income Tax Regulations, payments by separate departments of a health care carrier to providers of medical and health care services may be reported on separate returns on magnetic media. In this case, the headquarters will be considered the transmitter, and the individual departments of the company filing reports will be considered payers. A single Form 4419 covering all departments filing on magnetic media should be submitted. One TCC may be used for all departments.

.10 Granting approval to file on magnetic media or by electronic filing does not imply endorsement by IRS of the computer software or quality of tax preparation services provided.

SEC. 8. TEST FILES

.01 IRS/MCC does not require magnetic media or electronic filers to submit test files, except for those filers who wish to participate in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program (see Part A, Sec. 17 for further information concerning combined federal/state filing).

IRS encourages first time magnetic media or electronic filers to submit a test file for review prior to the filing season. The test file should consist of a sample for each type of record, i.e., a Payer/Transmitter "A" record, multiple Payee "B" records, an End of Payer "C" record, an End of Transmission "F" record, and if participating in the Combined/Federal State Filing Program, a State Totals "K" record. It is not necessary to send a voluminous file; you may choose to submit a single file or multiple files for your test.

The information in the "A" Record must be ACTUAL information--NOT FICTITIOUS. An indicator has been added to the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record to indicate that you are submitting a test file.

IRS will determine whether or not your file is formatted correctly, and will check the content of the records to ensure it meets the specifications of this revenue procedure.

For filers who currently submit magnetically/electronically, sending a test file will provide the opportunity to ensure that their software reflects the annual programming changes.

.02 If you are a new filer, you must submit a Form 4419 before you send in a test file. If approved, you will be assigned a five character alpha/numeric Transmitter Control Code (TCC). This TCC must be entered in the TCC field of your "A" Record.

.03 All tape and diskette test files must be submitted between October 1 and December 15 of each year. Do not submit tape or diskette test files after December 15. Electronically filed tests must be submitted between October 1 and January 15.

After December 15, only a hardcopy printout of the tape or diskette that shows a sample of each record type (A, B, C and F) may be submitted. The printout must be postmarked on or before January 15. Clearly mark the hardcopy print as "TEST" data and include identifying information such as name, telephone number, and address of a person who can be contacted to discuss its acceptability.

.04 Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported on Magnetic Media, must accompany your test magnetic media file. Indicate that the file contains test data by marking the "TEST" checkbox in block 1 on Form 4804. Also, write "TEST" on the external media label, Form 5064.

.05 The first year you wish to participate in the Combined/Federal State Filing Program, magnetic media filers must submit a test file between October 1 and December 15. For electronic filers, the time frame will be between October 1 and January 15. A hardcopy print is NOT an acceptable test file for this program.

.06 Approved payers or transmitters should send the test file to IRS/MCC (see Part C, Sec. 3 for instructions on submitting electronic test files).

.07 IRS/MCC will send an acknowledgement in writing to indicate whether your test file was good or bad. If it was bad, we will also outline the problems and return your file for replacement. The test may be resubmitted, but postmarked by the December 15 deadline in order to be processed. IRS/MCC will not return your media after successful processing.

SEC. 9. FILING OF INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY AND RETENTION REQUIREMENTS

.01 Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically, must accompany ALL magnetic media and electronic submissions.

.02 In many cases, you can program your computer to generate a substitute Form 4804/4802. IRS encourages you to computer generate your transmittal forms, as long as you include all the information contained on the most current revision of the form. You may also photocopy this form. If you file for multiple payers and have the authority to sign the affidavit on Form 4804, you should also submit Form 4802, "Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically (Continuation)".

.03 For magnetic media/electronic filing, the transmitter may code any combination of payers and/or documents on their media. For example, if you are reporting Forms 1099-INT for Bank A, Forms 1099-DIV for Bank B, and Forms 1098 for Bank C, you need not create 3 separate tapes or diskettes. All 3 banks and all types of documents can be coded on one tape or diskette as long as you have separate payer/transmitter "A" Records. If you do create multiple tapes or diskettes, they can all be sent in one package; you need not send a separate package containing each tape or diskette. Be sure to include Form 4804, 4802, or computer-generated substitute with your magnetic media shipment. DO NOT MAIL THE MAGNETIC MEDIA AND THE TRANSMITTAL DOCUMENTS SEPARATELY. Magnetic media files covered by this revenue procedure are to be sent to IRS/MCC.

.04 Since IRS/MCC only processes returns filed magnetically or electronically, paper information returns must be submitted to the appropriate service center accompanied by Form 1096, "Annual Summary and Transmittal of U.S. Information Returns". DO NOT send information returns filed on paper forms to IRS/MCC.

.05 Do not report duplicate information; i.e., if you submit part of your returns on paper and part on magnetic media (or via electronic filing), be sure the same information is not included in both submissions. This may result in erroneous penalty notices being sent to the payees.

.06 Form 4804 contains an affidavit that MUST be signed by the payer; however, the transmitter, service bureau, paying agent, or disbursing agent (all hereafter referred to as agent), may sign the affidavit on behalf of the person required to file or the payer if the agent has the authority to sign the affidavit under an agency agreement (either oral, written, or implied) that is valid under state law and adds the caption "FOR: (name of payer)."

NOTE: Failure to sign the affidavit on Form 4804 may delay processing or will result in your file being returned to you unprocessed.

.07 Although a duly authorized agent may sign the affidavit, the payer is responsible for the accuracy of the Form 4804 and the returns filed. The payer will be liable for penalties for failure to comply with filing requirements.

.08 If returns from different branches or locations for one payer are submitted on the same file, consolidate each type of information return under one "A" Record. For example, all Forms 1099-INT for the same payer on a single file must be sorted together under one "A" Record followed by the appropriate Payee "B" Records and one End of Payer "C" Record.

.09 Before shipping magnetic media files, include the following:

(a) A signed Form 4804 (or computer-generated substitute).

(b) A Form 4802 if you transmit for multiple payers and have the authority to sign the affidavit on Form 4804.

(c) The magnetic media with an external identifying label (Form 5064) as described in Part B, Sec. 1.02 and Part D, Sec. 1.04. Be sure to include the proper sequence on this label.

(d) On the outside of the shipping container, include a Form 4801 or a substitute for the form which reads "DELIVER UNOPENED TO TAPE LIBRARY--MAGNETIC MEDIA REPORTING--BOX ____ of ____." If there is only one container, mark the outside as Box 1 of 1. For multiple containers, include the sequence (for example, Box 1 of 3, 2 of 3, 3 of 3)

NOTE: See Part C, Secs. 4 and 5 for electronic filing submission requirements.

.10 IRS will not pay for or accept "Cash-on-Delivery" or "Charge to IRS" shipments of tax information that an individual or organization is legally required to submit.

.11 Payers are required to retain a copy of the information returns filed with IRS or to have the ability to reconstruct the data for at least three years from the reporting due date. Whenever backup withholding is imposed, a four-year retention is required.

SEC. 10. FILING DATES

.01 The dates prescribed for filing paper returns with IRS also apply to magnetic media or electronic filing. Magnetic media or electronic filing with IRS for Forms 1098, 1099, and W-2G must be on a calendar year basis. Form 5498 is used to report amounts contributed during or after the calendar year but not later than April 15.

.02 Information returns filed on magnetic media for Forms 1098, all types of Forms 1099, and Forms W-2G must be submitted to IRS/MCC postmarked no later than February 28. The due date for furnishing the required copy or statement to the payee is January 31.

.03 Information returns filed on magnetic media for Form 5498 must be submitted to IRS/MCC and postmarked no later than May 31. Trustees or issuers of IRAs or SEPs must provide participants with a statement of the value of the participant's account by January 31, in any written format. Statements are due to the participants by May 31 for contributions made to IRAs for the prior calendar year. Form 5498 is filed for contributions to be applied to 1991 that are made between January 1, 1991, and April 15, 1992.

.04 If any due date falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the return is considered timely if it is filed on the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.

SEC. 11. EXTENSIONS OF TIME TO FILE

.01 A payer may request an extension of time to file information returns by submitting Form 8809, Request for Extension of Time To File Information Returns, to IRS/MCC. This form may be used to request an extension of time for information returns submitted on paper; magnetic media; electronically; or for all three types of submissions.

.02 A transmitter may request extensions of time for multiple payers by submitting Form 8809 attaching a list of their names, addresses, and TINs. Form 8809 may be computer generated or photocopied. Be sure that all the pertinent information is included.

.03 If you are requesting extensions of time for more than 50 payers, we strongly encourage you to submit the list of payers, addresses, and EINs on tape or diskette. The record format is included in Part F, Sec. 3 of this publication. Transmitters who submit the extension of time requests for multiple payers will receive one approval letter from IRS/MCC with an attached listing of the payers with approved extensions.

.04 Request an extension of time for 60 days AS SOON AS YOU ARE AWARE that an extension is necessary but no later than the due date of the return. The request must be sent to IRS/MCC. It will take a minimum of 30 days for IRS/MCC to respond to an extension request.

.05 Form 8809 must be postmarked no later than the due date of the return for which you are requesting an extension of time. If you are requesting an extension of time to file several types of forms, you may use one Form 8809, but you must submit Form 8809 to IRS/MCC postmarked no later than the earliest due date. For example, if you are requesting an extension of time to file both Forms 1099-INT and 5498, you must submit Form 8809 postmarked on or before February 28. You may complete more than one Form 8809 to avoid this problem.

.06 IRS/MCC will process your Form 8809 and respond in writing.

.07 IRS/MCC will not grant more than one 60-day extension of time.

.08 You can request an extension for only one tax year.

.09 The extension request must be signed by the payer or a duly authorized representative.

.10 Failure to properly complete and sign the Form 8809 may cause delays in processing the request or result in a denial of your request. Please read the instructions on the back of the Form 8809 very carefully.

.11 Copies of the Form 8809 may be obtained from IRS/MCC or from other IRS offices.

SEC. 12. PROCESSING OF INFORMATION RETURNS MAGNETICALLY/ELECTRONICALLY

.01 All data received at IRS/MCC for processing will be given the same protection as individual returns (Forms 1040). IRS/MCC will process your magnetic media files and check that the records were formatted and coded according to this revenue procedure, which is to be used for the preparation of Tax Year 1991 information returns only.

.02 Revenue procedures are revised annually to reflect legislative and form changes to the information returns. Comments concerning this revenue procedure or suggestions for making it more helpful, can be addressed to the IRS/MCC, P. O. Box 1208, Martinsburg, WV 25401 ATTN: IRB Technical Section.

.03 If your data is formatted incorrectly, or if the file contains information that will cause invalid conditions in the IRS processing, we will return your file for replacement.

.04 To help distinguish between a correction and a replacement, the following definitions have been provided:

A correction is media submitted by the payer to correct records that were successfully processed by IRS, but contained erroneous information.

A replacement is media that IRS has returned to the payer or transmitter due to format errors encountered during processing. After necessary changes have been made, the media must be returned to IRS/MCC for processing.

.05 IRS/MCC no longer returns files after successful processing. If your files are returned to you, it is because a replacement is needed. Open all packages immediately. Files returned due to format or coding errors must be corrected and returned to IRS/MCC within 45 days from the date of the notice to avoid a failure to file penalty. Where possible, IRS/MCC may only return the portion of your file that needs replacement.

IRS/MCC will work with magnetic media filers as much as possible to assist with processing problems. If IRS/MCC calls your office, please respond promptly since we may have information that you need to correct your file.

.06 Do not use special shipping containers for transmitting data to IRS/MCC. Because of the high volume received and shipping costs involved, they will not be returned.

.07 When submitting your file to IRS/MCC, please keep in mind that:

(a) You may include any of the information returns covered by this revenue procedure on one tape, tape cartridge, diskette, or electronic submission. You do not have to separate the different types of returns on different media. For example, one tape or diskette could contain Forms 1098, 1099-INT, 1099-DIV, and 5498 for different payers. You need only identify the different forms and payers with different Payer/Transmitter "A" Records which are coded on the magnetic media.

(b) You may submit multiple types of media in your shipment. However, submit a separate Form 4804 for each type of media.

(c) Enclose your transmittal Form 4804 with your shipment; do not send it separately. If your shipment is packed in several packages, use label Form 4801 to indicate the number of packages, and put the transmittal in the first package.

(d) IRS/MCC will NOT return your magnetic media to you after successful processing. Therefore, if you want proof that IRS/MCC received your shipment, you may either choose to send your submission using a service with tracing capabilities or one that will provide proof of delivery.

SEC. 13. PENALTIES

.01 The Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1989 changed the penalty provisions for any documents including corrections, which are filed after the original filing date for the return. The penalty for failure to file correct information returns is "time sensitive," in that prompt correction of failures to file, or prompt correction of errors on returns that were filed, can lead to reduced penalties.

--The penalty generally is $50 for each information return that is not filed, or is not filed correctly, by the prescribed filing date, with a maximum penalty of $250,000 per year ($100,000 for certain small businesses with average annual gross receipts, over the most recent 3-year period, not in excess of $5,000,000). The penalty generally is reduced to:

--$30 for each failure to comply if the failure is corrected more than 30 days after the return was due, but on or before August 1 of the calendar year in which the return was due, with a maximum penalty of $150,000 per year ($50,000 for certain small businesses with average annual gross receipts, over the most recent 3-year period, not in excess of $5,000,000).

--$15 for each failure to comply if the failure is corrected within 30 days after the date the return was due, with a maximum penalty of $75,000 per year ($25,000 for certain small businesses with average annual gross receipts, over the most recent 3-year period, not in excess of $5,000,000).

.02 Penalties can be waived if failures were due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect. In addition, section 6721(c) provides a de minimis rule that if:

(a) information returns have been filed but were filed with incomplete or incorrect information, and

(b) the failures are corrected on or before August 1 of the calendar year in which the returns were due, then the penalty for filing incorrect returns (but not the penalty for filing late) will not apply to the greater of 10 returns or one-half of 1 percent of the total number of information returns you are required to file for the calendar year.

.03 Intentional Disregard of Filing Requirements-- If any failure to file a correct information return is due to intentional disregard of the filing and correct information requirements, the penalty is at least $100 per information return with no maximum penalty.

.04 Forms 1099-R-- The penalty under section 6721 does not apply to Form 1099-R, which is filed under section 6047. The penalty for failure to timely file Form 1099-R is $25 per day with a maximum of $15,000 per year. See section 6652(e) of the Internal Revenue Code.

.05 Forms 5498-- The penalty under section 6721 does not apply to Form 5498, which is filed under section 408(i). The penalty for failure to timely file Form 5498 is $50 per return with no maximum. See section 6693 of the Internal Revenue Code.

SEC. 14. CORRECTED RETURNS

.01 The filing requirement thresholds listed in Part A, Sec. 4 apply separately to both original and corrected returns.

EXAMPLE: If you have 100 Forms 1099-A to be corrected, they can be filed on paper since they fall under the 250 threshold; you are permitted to file them on magnetic media. However, if you have 300 Forms 1099-A to be corrected, they must be filed on magnetic media since they meet the 250 threshold. If for some reason you cannot file the 300 corrections on magnetic media, you must request a waiver (see Part A, Sec. 5) before filing on paper, or you may be subject to a penalty. No waiver is required for corrections that fall under the required threshold.

.02 Corrections for the current year should be aggregated and filed as soon as possible, but no later than August 1, in order to avoid the maximum penalty. However, if you discover errors after August 1, you are still required to file corrections so that you will not be subject to a penalty for intentional disregard of the filing requirements. Failure to correct information returns submitted with erroneous information may result in penalties for failure to provide correct information. ALL FIELDS MUST BE COMPLETED WITH THE CORRECT INFORMATION, NOT JUST THE DATA FIELDS NEEDING CORRECTION. Submit corrections only for the returns filed in error, not the entire file. If your entire file is in error, contact IRS/MCC immediately. If you file corrected returns on paper forms, submit Copy A to the appropriate service center. Furnish corrected statements to recipients as soon as possible.

.03 Part A, Sec. 13, Penalties, contains specific information concerning the impact of the Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1989 on the penalty provisions for ANY documents, including corrections, which are filed after the original filing due date for the information return. Additional information concerning the due dates for filing information returns and any penalties that may apply to returns considered to be filed late or incorrectly are included in the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G." A copy of these instructions is included in your MMR (Magnetic Media Reporting) package each year.

.04 There are numerous types of errors. More than one transaction may be required to properly correct the initial error. A "G" in magnetic media position 7 (or sector 1, position 8 for 8" diskettes) of the "B" Record is used to indicate a corrected return. Also, a "C" in magnetic media position 32 (or sector 1, position 33 for 8" diskettes) of the "A" Record is used to indicate a corrected return. You are strongly encouraged to read this ENTIRE section before attempting to make ANY correction.

.05 Corrected returns submitted to IRS on magnetic media (or filed electronically), using a "G" coded Payee "B" Record, may be included on the same medium as those corrections without the "G" code; however, separate payer/transmitter "A" Records are required. The "A" Record should indicate this is a corrected file as explained in the previous paragraph. Corrected returns are to be identified as corrections on the Form 4804 by marking the appropriate checkbox, and also on the EXTERNAL label of the file.

NOTE: If you discover that you omitted certain information returns on you original file, do not submit those documents as corrections.

.06 The instructions that follow will provide information on how to file corrected returns on magnetic media or by electronic filing for the current tax year.

.07 If a payer discovers errors for prior year submissions that affect a large number of payees, a letter containing the following information should be sent to IRS/MCC:

(a) Name and address of payer

(b) Type of error. (Please explain clearly.)

(c) Tax year

(d) EIN

(e) TCC

(f) Number of Payees

This information will be forwarded to the appropriate office in an attempt to prevent erroneous notices from being sent to the payee. It is also required that you furnish a corrected return to both the payee and IRS. In order for IRS to correct a return, the correction must be submitted on an actual information return document or filed magnetically/electronically.

Clearly mark on the top of the Form 4804 that this is prior year data; indicate the year for which you are making the correction. Prior year corrections may not be included on the same media as current year data. If filing electronically, a separate transmission must be made for each tax year. If you submit prior year corrections on magnetic media, you must use the magnetic media format for that prior year.

.08 If you are not required to file your corrections on magnetic media and you file them on paper forms, do not submit the paper returns to IRS/MCC. All paper returns, whether original or corrected, must be filed with the appropriate service center. Corrected returns filed on magnetic media must be filed with IRS/MCC. CORRECTED TAPES, TAPE CARTRIDGES, AND/OR DISKETTES WILL NOT BE RETURNED AFTER PROCESSING.

.09 Corrected statements to payees should be clearly identified as "CORRECTED" and should be provided to them as soon as possible.

.10 A transmittal Form 4804 (or computer-generated substitute) must be used to transmit corrected magnetic media and electronic files. Use Form 4802, which is a continuation sheet for Form 4804, if you file for multiple payers or submit multiple types of information returns, and you are an authorized agent for the payers.

.11 On magnetic media and electronic files, the Payee "B" Record provides a 20-position field to enter a Payer's Account Number for the Payee. This same account number may be provided on paper forms. This number will help identify the appropriate incorrect return if more than one return is filed for a particular payee. Do not enter a TIN (SSN or EIN) in this field. A payer's account number for the payee may be a checking account number; savings account number; serial number; or any other number assigned to the payee by the payer that will distinguish the specific account. This number should appear on the initial return and on the corrected return in order to identify and process the correction properly. This number also will be provided by the IRS with your Backup Withholding notification and may help you determine the branch or subsidiary reporting the transaction.

.12 Review the chart that follows. The types of errors made normally fall under one of the two categories listed. Next to each type of error made, you will find a list of instructions on how to properly file the corrected return for that type of error. Read all of the instructions listed and follow carefully for the type of error made on the initial return. In some cases, two transactions are required to properly file corrections. If the original return was filed as an aggregate, you must consider this in filing corrected returns.

  Guidelines for Filing Corrected Returns Magnetically/Electronically

 

 

 (PLEASE READ SEC. 14.01 THROUGH 14.12 BEFORE MAKING ANY CORRECTIONS).

 

 

 Error Made on the

 

 Original Return                   How To File the Corrected Return

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1. Original return was filed      TRANSACTION 1: Identify incorrect

 

    with one or more of the                       returns

 

    following errors:

 

    (a) No Payee TIN (SSN or EIN)  A. Form 4804 and 4802 (or computer-

 

    (b) Incorrect Payee TIN           generated substitute):

 

    (c) Incorrect Payee Name          1. Prepare a new transmittal

 

    (d) Wrong type of return             Form 4804 (and 4802 if you

 

        indicator                        file for multiple payers), or

 

    TWO SEPARATE TRANSACTIONS ARE        a computer-generated

 

    REQUIRED TO MAKE THE                 substitute, that includes

 

    CORRECTIONS PROPERLY. READ           information related to this

 

    AND FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS          new file.

 

    FOR BOTH TRANSACTIONS 1 AND 2.    2. Mark the Correction box in

 

                                         Block 1 of the new Form 4804.

 

                                         If you submit a computer

 

                                         generated substitute for Form

 

                                         4804, indicate "MAGNETIC

 

                                         MEDIA CORRECTION" at the top.

 

                                      3. Provide ALL requested

 

                                         information.

 

                                      4. If you are a Combined

 

                                         Federal/State filer, it is

 

                                         your responsibility to

 

                                         transmit corrected returns to

 

                                         the state--IRS will not. Do

 

                                         not include State Totals "K"

 

                                         Records in your corrected

 

                                         returns.

 

                                   B. Magnetic media or electronic

 

                                      file: (Forms 1098, 1099, 5498 or

 

                                      W-2G)

 

                                      1. Prepare a new file.

 

                                      2. Use a separate

 

                                         Payer/Transmitter "A" Record

 

                                         for each type of return being

 

                                         reported. The information in

 

                                         the "A" Record will be the

 

                                         same as it was in the

 

                                         original submission, EXCEPT

 

                                         insert a "C" in media

 

                                         position 32 (or sector 1,

 

                                         position 33 for 8"

 

                                         diskettes).

 

                                      3. The Payee "B" Record must

 

                                         contain exactly the same

 

                                         information as submitted

 

                                         previously EXCEPT insert a

 

                                         "G" in media position 7 (or

 

                                         sector 1, position 8 for 8"

 

                                         diskettes) of the "B" Record

 

                                         AND for ALL payment amounts

 

                                         used, enter "0" (zero).

 

                                      4. Corrected returns submitted

 

                                         to IRS using a "G" coded "B"

 

                                         Record may be on the same

 

                                         tape or diskette as those

 

                                         returns submitted without the

 

                                         "G" code; however, separate

 

                                         "A" Records are required.

 

                                      5. Mark the EXTERNAL label of

 

                                         the media "MAGNETIC MEDIA

 

                                         CORRECTION."

 

                                      6. Submit the magnetic media and

 

                                         the transmittal document(s)

 

                                         to IRS/MCC.

 

 

                                   TRANSACTION 2: Report the correct

 

                                                  information.

 

 

                                      Magnetic media or electronic

 

                                      file: (Forms 1098, 1099, 5498 or

 

                                      W-2G)

 

                                      1. Provide information on the

 

                                         Form 4804 or 4802 as stated

 

                                         in Transaction 1A.

 

                                      2. Prepare a new file with the

 

                                         correct information in all

 

 

                                         records.

 

                                      3. Use a separate

 

                                         Payer/Transmitter "A" Record

 

                                         for each type of return being

 

                                         reported.

 

                                      4. Do not "G" code the Payee "B"

 

                                         Record as a corrected return

 

                                         for this transaction.

 

                                      5. Submit the new returns as

 

                                         though they were originals.

 

                                         Provide all of the correct

 

                                         information.

 

                                      6. Mark the EXTERNAL label of

 

                                         the magnetic media "MAGNETIC

 

                                         MEDIA CORRECTION."

 

                                      7. Submit the magnetic media and

 

                                         the transmittal document(s)

 

                                         to IRS/MCC.

 

 

 2. Original return was filed      A. Forms 4804 and 4802 (or

 

    with one or more of the           computer-generated

 

    following errors:                 substitute)

 

    (a) Incorrect Payment Amount      1. Prepare a new Form 4804 (and

 

        Indicator in the "A"             4802 if you file for multiple

 

        Record.                          payers), or a computer-

 

    (b) Incorrect Payment amounts        generated substitute, that

 

        in the Payee "B" Record.         includes information related

 

    (c) Incorrect Code in the            to this new file.

 

        Document Specific Code        2. Mark the Correction box in

 

        Field in the "B" Record.         Block 1 of new Form 4804. If

 

    (d) Incorrect payee address          you submit a computer-

 

        (See note)                       generated substitute for Form

 

                                         4804, indicate "MAGNETIC

 

    REQUIRES ONLY ONE TRANSACTION        MEDIA CORRECTION" at the top.

 

                                      3. Provide ALL requested

 

    NOTE: If the only error to be        information correctly.

 

    corrected is an incorrect         4. If you are a Combined

 

    payee address, only one              Federal/State filer, it is

 

    transaction is required.             your responsibility to

 

    However, if you are                  transmit corrected returns

 

    correcting the name and/or           to the state--IRS will not.

 

    TIN along with an incorrect          Do not include "K" Records in

 

    address, then two                    your corrected returns.

 

    transactions will be required  B. Magnetic media or electronic

 

    (See previous information on      file: (Forms 1098, 1099, 5498,

 

    correcting an incorrect payee     or W-2G)

 

    name/TIN).                        1. Prepare a new file.

 

                                      2. Use a separate Payer/

 

                                         Transmitter "A" Record for

 

                                         each type of return being

 

                                         reported. The information in

 

                                         the "A" Record will be the

 

                                         same as it was in the

 

                                         original submission EXCEPT,

 

                                         the correct Amount Indicators

 

                                         will be used AND "C" must be

 

                                         inserted in media position 32

 

                                         (or sector 1, position 33 for

 

                                         8" diskettes).

 

                                      3. The Payee "B" Record must

 

                                         contain exactly the same

 

                                         information as submitted

 

                                         previously EXCEPT insert a

 

                                         "G" in media position 7 (or

 

                                         sector 1, position 8 for 8"

 

                                         diskettes) of the "B" Record

 

                                         AND report the correct

 

                                         information as it should have

 

                                         been reported on the original

 

                                         return.

 

                                      4. Corrected returns submitted

 

                                         using a "G" coded "B" Record

 

                                         may be on the same media as

 

                                         those returns submitted

 

                                         without the "G" code;

 

                                         however, separate "A" Records

 

                                         are required.

 

                                      5. Mark the EXTERNAL label of

 

                                         the magnetic media "MAGNETIC

 

                                         MEDIA CORRECTION."

 

                                      6. Submit the magnetic media and

 

                                         the transmittal document(s)

 

                                         to IRS/MCC.

 

 

SEC. 15. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN)

.01 Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code, and the regulations thereunder, require a person whose taxpayer identification number (TIN) must be shown on an information return to furnish his or her TIN to the person required to file the information return. The number must be furnished to the payer whether or not the payee is required to file a tax return or is covered by social security.

.02 The payee's TIN is used to associate and verify amounts reported to IRS with corresponding amounts on tax returns. Therefore, it is particularly important that CORRECT social security and employer identification numbers for payees be provided on magnetic media or paper forms submitted to IRS. DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS, ALPHA CHARACTERS OR ANY OTHER NUMERIC COMBINATIONS THAT ARE OBVIOUSLY INCORRECT, I.E. 123456789, ALL 9s OR ALL ZEROS. IRS validates the SSN by using the Name Control of the surname (last name) of the individual who has been assigned this number. For this reason, provide the surname in the First Payee Name Line and the Name Control (if available) in positions 8-11 (positions 9-12 for 8" diskettes) of the Payee "B" Record. Failure to provide this information may make it impossible for IRS to match our master files.

.03 The TIN to be furnished to IRS depends primarily upon the manner in which the account is maintained or set up on the payer's record. The payer and payee names with associated TINs should be consistent with the names and TINs used on other tax returns.

Also, the name and TIN provided must belong to the owner of the account. If the account is recorded in more than one name, furnish the name and TIN of one of the owners of the account. The TIN provided MUST be associated with the name of the payee provided in the first name line of the Payee "B" Record. For individuals, including sole proprietors, the payee TIN is the payee's social security number. For other entities, the payee TIN is the payee's employer identification number.

.04 Failure to provide the correct name with the payee TIN, or failure to provide a valid TIN, could result in a backup withholding notice (sometimes referred to as a "B" notice) being generated for that TIN.

.05 The following charts will help you determine the TIN to be furnished to IRS for those persons for whom you are reporting information (payees).

            CHART 1. Guidelines for Social Security Numbers

 

 

                              In the Taxpayer

 

                              Identification

 

                              Number field of     In the First Payee

 

                              the Payee "B"       Name Line of the

 

                              Record, enter the   Payee "B" Record,

 

 For this type of account--   SSN of--            enter the name of

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1. Individual                The individual      The individual

 

 2. Joint account (Two or     The actual owner    The individual whose

 

 more individuals, including  of the account (If  SSN is entered

 

 husband and wife)            more than one

 

                              owner, the first

 

                              individual on the

 

                              account)

 

 3. Custodian account of a    The minor           The minor

 

 minor (Uniform Gift (or

 

 Transfers) to Minors Act)

 

 4. The usual revocable       The grantor-        The grantor-trustee

 

 savings trust account        trustee

 

 (grantor is also trustee)

 

 5. A so-called trust         The actual owner    The actual owner

 

 account that is not a legal

 

 or valid trust under state

 

 law

 

 6. A sole proprietorship     The owner           The owner, not the

 

                                                  business name (you

 

                                                  may enter the

 

                                                  business name on the

 

                                                  second name line).

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

        CHART 2. Guidelines for Employer Identification Numbers

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

                              In the Taxpayer

 

                              Identification

 

                              Number field of     In the First Payee

 

                              the Payee "B"       Name Line of the

 

                              Record, enter the   Payee "B" Record,

 

 For this type of account--   EIN of--            enter the name of

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1. A valid trust, estate,    Legal entity 1    The legal trust,

 

 or pension trust                                 estate, or pension

 

                                                  trust

 

 2. Corporate                 The corporation     The corporation

 

 3. Association, club,        The organization    The organization

 

 religious, charitable,

 

 educational or other tax-

 

 exempt organization

 

 4. Partnership account held  The partnership     The partnership

 

 in the name of the business

 

 5. A broker or registered    The broker or       The broker or

 

 nominee/middleman            nominee/middleman   nominee/middleman

 

 6. Account with the          The public entity   The public entity

 

 Department of Agriculture

 

 in the name of a public

 

 entity, (such as a state or

 

 local government, school

 

 district, or prison), that

 

 receives agriculture

 

 program payments

 

 

      1 Do not furnish the identification number of the personal

 

 representative or trustee unless the name of the representative or

 

 trustee is used in the account title.

 

 

SEC. 16. EFFECT ON PAPER RETURNS

.01 Magnetic media reporting of the information returns listed in Part A, Sec. 4 applies only to the Copy A information submitted to IRS.

.02 Payers are responsible for providing statements to the payees as outlined in the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498 and W-2G." Refer to these instructions for filing information returns on paper with IRS and furnishing statements to payees.

.03 Send the IRS copy of all information returns filed on paper to the appropriate service center, not to IRS/MCC.

.04 If you file your information returns on magnetic media, DO NOT file the same returns on paper, since that will result in duplicate filing. Filing on magnetic media or by electronic filing takes the place of submitting the documents on paper. In some cases, you may want to file your original documents on magnetic media or electronically, but submit your corrections on paper documents. This is allowable as long as your corrections do not exceed the magnetic media filing threshold; if the volume of corrections does exceed the threshold, you MUST either file magnetically/electronically or have an approved waiver to submit your corrections on paper.

SEC. 17. COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM

.01 The Combined Federal/State Program was established to simplify information returns filing for the taxpayer by providing the tax information to participating states free of charge. IRS/MCC will forward this information to participating states for approved filers so separate reporting to those states is not necessary. FORMS 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-S, and W-2G cannot be filed under this program.

.02 To request approval to participate, a test file coded for this program MUST be submitted by the transmitter to IRS/MCC between October 1 and December 15 for magnetic media and between October 1 and January 15 for electronic files using this revenue procedure.

.03 Attach a letter to the Form 4804 submitted with the test file which indicates that you wish to participate in this program.

.04 A test file is only required for the first year. Once you are approved, you need not resubmit tests each year except when notified by IRS (see Part A, Sec. 8 for general guidelines on submission of test files). Each record, both in the "TEST" file and the "ACTUAL" data file, must conform exactly to this revenue procedure.

.05 If your test file is acceptable, we will send you an approval letter, and a Form 6847, "Consent for Internal Revenue Service to Release Tax Information", which the payer MUST complete, sign, and return to IRS/MCC before any tax information can be released to the state. Be sure to write your TCC on Form 6847. If your test file is not acceptable, we will return your media with a letter indicating what the problems were, and your replacement test file must be returned to IRS/MCC postmarked on or before December 15 (or sent electronically by January 15).

.06 A separate Form 6847 is required for each payer. A transmitter may not combine payers on one Form 6847 even though acting as Attorney-in-Fact for several payers. Form 6847 may be computer generated as long as it includes all information that is on the original form or it may be photocopied. If the Form 6847 is signed by an Attorney-in-Fact, the written consent from the payer must clearly indicate that the Attorney-in-Fact is empowered to authorize release of the information.

.07 If you file for multiple payers, code the records only for participating states for those payers who have properly submitted Form 6847. Do not submit "ACTUAL" data records coded for the Combined Federal/State Program WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL from IRS.

.08 If you had applied to participate in this program in the past but did not meet the requirements, you must resubmit the Form 6847 with the proper signatures as specified.

.09 Some participating states require separate notification that you are filing in this manner. Since IRS acts as a forwarding agent only, it is your responsibility to contact the appropriate states for further information.

.10 Approval to participate in the Combined Federal/State Program will be revoked if files submitted do not totally conform to the specifications in this revenue procedure.

.11 It is the filer's responsibility to transmit corrected returns to the states.

.12 Participating states and corresponding valid state codes are listed in TABLE 1 of this section. The appropriate state code MUST be entered for those documents which meet the state's filing requirements. Do not use state abbreviations. It is the filer's responsibility to determine the state code to be used and to be aware of the filing requirements for the appropriate state(s).

.13 To simplify filing, several of the participating states have provided lists of their information return reporting requirements (see TABLE 2). It is your responsibility to contact the participating states to verify the criteria provided in this table.

.14 If you have met ALL the above conditions:

(a) You must submit all records coded exactly as required by this revenue procedure.

(b) The "C" Record must be followed by a state total "K" Record for each state. The "K" Record indicates the number of payees being reported to each particular state.

(c) Payment amount totals and the valid participating state code must be included in the State Totals "K" Record.

(d) The last "K" Record is followed by a Payer/ Transmitter "A" Record or End of Transmission "F" Record (if this is the last record of the entire file).

             TABLE 1. PARTICIPATING STATES AND THEIR CODES

 

 

 State                                                           Code

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Alabama                                                          01

 

 Arizona                                                          04

 

 Arkansas                                                         05

 

 California                                                       06

 

 Delaware                                                         10

 

 District of Columbia                                             11

 

 Georgia                                                          13

 

 Hawaii                                                           15

 

 Idaho                                                            16

 

 Indiana                                                          18

 

 Iowa                                                             19

 

 Kansas                                                           20

 

 Maine                                                            23

 

 Massachusetts                                                    25

 

 Minnesota                                                        27

 

 Mississippi                                                      28

 

 Missouri                                                         29

 

 Montana                                                          30

 

 New Jersey                                                       34

 

 New Mexico                                                       35

 

 New York                                                         36

 

 North Carolina                                                   37

 

 North Dakota                                                     38

 

 Oregon                                                           41

 

 South Carolina                                                   45

 

 Tennessee                                                        47

 

 Wisconsin                                                        55

 

 

             TABLE 2. DOLLAR CRITERIA FOR STATE REPORTING

 

 

 STATE        1099-  1099-  1099-   1099-    1099-  1099-  1099- 5498

 

                DIV      G    INT    MISC      OID   PATR      R

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Alabama      $1500   $ NR  $1500   $1500    $1500  $1500  $1500   NR

 

 Arkansas       100  25000    100    2500     2500   2500   2500  /e/

 

 District of

 

  Columbia /a/  600    600    600     600      600    600    600   NR

 

 Hawaii          10    /e/     10 /b/ 600       10     10    600  /e/

 

 Idaho           10     10     10     600       10     10    600  /e/

 

 Iowa           100   1000   1000    1000     1000   1000   1000   NR

 

 Minnesota       10     10     10     600       10     10    600  /e/

 

 Mississippi    600    600    600     600      600    600    600   NR

 

 Missouri        NR     NR     NR    1200 /c/   NR     NR     NR   NR

 

 Montana         10     10     10     600       10     10    600  /e/

 

 New Jersey    1000   1000   1000    1000 /d/ 1000   1000   1000   NR

 

 New York        NR    600    600     600       NR    600    600   NR

 

 North

 

  Carolina      100    100    100     600      100    100    100  /e/

 

 Tennessee       25     NR     25      NR       NR     NR     NR   NR

 

 Wisconsin       NR     NR     NR     600       NR    600    600   NR

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 NOTE: This cumulative list is for information purposes only and

 

 represents dollar criteria. For complete information on state filing

 

 requirements including changes that may apply, contact the

 

 appropriate state tax agencies. Filing requirements for any state in

 

 TABLE 1 not shown in TABLE 2 are the same as the Federal requirement.

 

 

 NR--No filing requirement.

 

 

 Footnotes:

 

 

 /a./ Amounts are for aggregates of several types of income from the

 

 same payer.

 

 

 /b./ State regulation changing filing requirement from $600 to $10 is

 

 pending.

 

 

 /c./ The state would prefer those returns filed with respect to

 

 non-Missouri residents to be sent directly to the state agency.

 

 

 /d./ Aggregate of several types of income.

 

 

 /e./ All amounts are to be reported.

 

 

SEC. 18. DEFINITION OF TERMS

 Element                  Description

 

 

 Asynchronous Protocols   The type of data transmission most often

 

                          used by microcomputers, PCs and some

 

                          minicomputers. Asynchronous transmissions

 

                          transfer data at arbitrary time intervals

 

                          using the start-stop method. Each character

 

                          transmitted has its own start bit and stop

 

                          bit.

 

 

 b                        Denotes a blank position. Enter blank(s)

 

                          when this symbol is used (do not enter the

 

                          letter "b"). This appears in numerous areas

 

                          throughout the record descriptions.

 

 

 Bisynchronous Protocols  For purposes of this publication, these are

 

                          electronic transmissions made using IBM 3780

 

                          protocols. These transmissions must be in

 

                          EBCDIC character code and use the Bell 208B

 

                          (4800bps) or AT&T 2296A (9600bps) modems.

 

                          Standard IBM 3780 space compression is

 

                          acceptable.

 

 

 CUSIP Number             A number developed by the Committee on

 

                          Uniform Security Identification Procedures

 

                          to serve as a common denominator in

 

                          communications among users for security

 

                          transactions and security information.

 

 

 Employer Identification  A nine-digit number assigned by IRS to a

 

 Number (EIN)             person for federal tax reporting purposes.

 

 

 Electronic Filing        Submission of information returns using

 

                          switched telecommunications network

 

                          circuits. These transmissions use modems,

 

                          dial-up phone lines, and asynchronous or

 

                          bisynchronous protocols. See Part C of this

 

                          publication for specific information on

 

                          electronic filing.

 

 

 File                     For purposes of this revenue procedure, a

 

                          file consists of all records submitted by a

 

                          Payer or Transmitter, either magnetically or

 

                          electronically.

 

 

 Foreign Corporation      Any corporation organized or created other

 

                          than in or under the laws of the United

 

                          States, or any of its states, the District

 

                          of Columbia, or territories.

 

 

 Golden Parachute         A payment made by a corporation to a certain

 

 Payments                 officer, shareholder, or highly compensated

 

                          individual when a change in the ownership or

 

                          control of the corporation occurs or when a

 

                          change in the ownership of a substantial

 

                          part of the corporate assets occur.

 

 

 Inconsequential Error    An error or omission of data that does not

 

                          prevent or hinder the IRS from processing

 

                          the return or from otherwise putting the

 

                          return to its intended use.

 

 

                          For example, if the payee address is 4821

 

                          Grant Boulevard and the word "boulevard" is

 

                          misspelled, a correction does not have to be

 

                          made. If, however, the address is reported

 

                          as 8421 Grant Boulevard, a correction must

 

                          be made.

 

 

 Incorrect Taxpayer       A TIN which may be incorrect for several

 

 Identification Number    reasons:

 

 (Incorrect TIN)            (a) the payee gave a wrong number (e.g.,

 

                          the payee is listed as the only owner of

 

                          an account but provided someone else's TIN).

 

                            (b) A processing error (e.g., the number

 

                          was typed incorrectly).

 

                            (c) The payee's status changed (e.g., the

 

                          payee changed his/her name but did not tell

 

                          the IRS or SSA so that they could enter the

 

                          change in their records).

 

 

 Information Return       The vehicle for submitting required

 

                          information about another person to IRS. An

 

                          information return may be filed on paper, on

 

                          magnetic media, or electronically.

 

 

                          Information returns are filed by financial

 

                          institutions and by others who make certain

 

                          types of payments as part of their trade or

 

                          business.

 

 

                          The information required to be reported on

 

 

                          an information return includes interest,

 

                          dividends, pensions, nonemployee

 

                          compensation for personal services, stock

 

                          transactions, sales of real estate, mortgage

 

                          interest, and other types of information.

 

 

 Magnetic Media           For purposes of this revenue procedure, the

 

                          term "magnetic media" refers to 1/2-inch

 

                          magnetic tape; IBM 3480 compatible tape

 

                          cartridge; or 8-, 5 1/4-, or 3 1/2-inch

 

                          diskette. Magnetic media may be produced on

 

                          mainframe computer systems; mini- or micro-

 

                          computer systems; or personal computers.

 

 

 Missing Taxpayer         The payee TIN on an information return is

 

 Identification Number    "missing" if:

 

 (Missing TIN)              (a) there is no entry in the TIN block of

 

                          the form (or TIN field on magnetic media),

 

                          OR

 

                            (b) the entry is obviously incorrect

 

                          (e.g., has less than nine digits or a

 

                          mixture of digits and letters).

 

 

 PS 58 Costs              The current cost of life insurance under a

 

                          qualified plan taxable under section 72(m)

 

                          and Regulations section 1.72-16(b). (See

 

                          Part B, Sec. 6 Payee "B" Record, Document

 

                          Specific Code, Category of Distribution,

 

                          Code 9.)

 

 

 Payee                    Person or organization receiving payments

 

                          from the Payer, or for whom an information

 

                          return must be filed. The payee includes a

 

                          borrower (Form 1099-A), participant (Form

 

                          5498) and a gambling winner (Form W-2G). For

 

                          Form 1098, the payee is the individual

 

                          paying the interest. For Form 1099-S, the

 

                          payee is the seller or other transferor.

 

 

 Payer                    Includes the person making payments, a

 

                          recipient of mortgage interest payments, a

 

                          broker, a person reporting a real estate

 

                          transaction, a barter exchange, a trustee or

 

                          issuer of an IRA or SEP, or a lender who

 

                          acquires an interest in secured property or

 

                          who has reason to know that the property has

 

                          been abandoned. The payer will be held

 

                          responsible for the completeness, accuracy

 

                          and timely submission of magnetic media

 

                          files.

 

 

 Service Bureau           Person or organization with whom you have a

 

                          contract to prepare and/or submit your

 

                          information return files to MCC. A parent

 

                          company submitting data for a subsidiary is

 

                          not considered a service bureau.

 

 

 Social Security Number   A nine-digit number assigned by SSA to an

 

 (SSN)                    individual for tax and wage reporting

 

                          purposes.

 

 

 Special Character        Any character that is not a numeral, an

 

                          alpha, or a blank.

 

 

 SSA                      Social Security Administration.

 

 

 Taxpayer Identification  May be either an Employer Identification

 

 Number (TIN)             Number (EIN) or Social Security Number

 

                          (SSN).

 

 

 Transfer Agent           The transfer agent or paying agent is the

 

 (Paying Agent)           entity who has been contracted or authorized

 

                          by the payer to perform the services of

 

                          paying and reporting backup withholding

 

                          (Form 941). The payer may be required to

 

                          submit to IRS a Form 2678, "Employer

 

                          Appointment of Agent Under Section 3504 of

 

                          the Internal Revenue Code", which notifies

 

                          IRS of the transfer agent relationship.

 

 

 Transmitter              Person or organization submitting magnetic

 

                          media file(s). May be Payer or agent of

 

                          Payer.

 

 

 Transmitter Control      A five character alpha/numeric number

 

 Code (TCC)               assigned by IRS to the transmitter prior to

 

                          actual filing on magnetic media. This number

 

                          is inserted in the "A" Record of your files

 

                          and must be present before the file can be

 

                          processed. An application Form 4419 must be

 

                          filed with IRS/MCC to receive this number.

 

 

SEC. 19. STATE ABBREVIATIONS

.01 You MUST use the following state abbreviations when developing the state code portion of address fields. (This table provides state abbreviations only and does not represent those states participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program. For a list of states that participate in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program, refer to Part A, Sec. 17, Table 1.)

 State                                                           Code

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Alabama                                                           AL

 

 Alaska                                                            AK

 

 American Samoa                                                    AS

 

 Arizona                                                           AZ

 

 Arkansas                                                          AR

 

 California                                                        CA

 

 Colorado                                                          CO

 

 Connecticut                                                       CT

 

 Delaware                                                          DE

 

 District of Columbia                                              DC

 

 Florida                                                           FL

 

 Georgia                                                           GA

 

 Guam                                                              GU

 

 Hawaii                                                            HI

 

 Idaho                                                             ID

 

 Illinois                                                          IL

 

 Indiana                                                           IN

 

 Iowa                                                              IA

 

 Kansas                                                            KS

 

 Kentucky                                                          KY

 

 Louisiana                                                         LA

 

 Maine                                                             ME

 

 Mariana Islands                                                   MP

 

 Maryland                                                          MD

 

 Massachusetts                                                     MA

 

 Michigan                                                          MI

 

 Minnesota                                                         MN

 

 Mississippi                                                       MS

 

 Missouri                                                          MO

 

 Montana                                                           MT

 

 Nebraska                                                          NE

 

 Nevada                                                            NV

 

 New Hampshire                                                     NH

 

 New Jersey                                                        NJ

 

 New Mexico                                                        NM

 

 New York                                                          NY

 

 North Carolina                                                    NC

 

 North Dakota                                                      ND

 

 Ohio                                                              OH

 

 Oklahoma                                                          OK

 

 Oregon                                                            OR

 

 Pennsylvania                                                      PA

 

 Puerto Rico                                                       PR

 

 Rhode Island                                                      RI

 

 South Carolina                                                    SC

 

 South Dakota                                                      SD

 

 Tennessee                                                         TN

 

 Texas                                                             TX

 

 Utah                                                              UT

 

 Vermont                                                           VT

 

 Virgin Islands                                                    VI

 

 Virginia                                                          VA

 

 Washington                                                        WA

 

 West Virginia                                                     WV

 

 Wisconsin                                                         WI

 

 Wyoming                                                           WY

 

 

.02 You must adhere to the City, State, and ZIP Code format for U.S. addresses in the Payee "B" Record. This also includes American Samoa, Guam, Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands.

.03 For Foreign Country addresses you may use a 40-position free format which should include city, province or state, postal code, and name of country (preferably in this order). This is only allowable if a "1" appears in the Foreign Country Indicator Field of the "B" Record.

.04 When reporting APO/FPO addresses in Payee documents, the following format should be used:

EXAMPLE: Payee Name PVT Willard J. Doe

 

            Mailing Address Company F, PSC Box 100 )

 

                               167 Infantry REGT ) See NOTE

 

            Payee City APO New York

 

            Payee State

 

            Payee ZIP Code 098010100

 

    NOTE: Mailing address must be reported as one 40-position field.

 

 

SEC. 20. MAJOR PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

After preparing your files, we encourage you to verify the format and content of each type of record to ensure the accuracy of your data submission. This may eliminate the need for IRS/MCC to return your file for replacement, and therefore reduce the likelihood of a penalty assessment for incorrect submissions. We strongly urge you to print and review your data before shipping to make sure you have good data in your records according to the format found in this revenue procedure. This is especially true for those filers who have either had their files prepared by a third party service bureau, or who have purchased pre-programmed software packages. If you purchased your software package for a previous year, it may no longer be valid for reporting your tax year 1991 information returns because of programming changes.

Following are some of the most frequently encountered problems with magnetic media files submitted to IRS/MCC, which result in files being returned to the filer. Please be sure you do not make these errors.

 1. The Payment Amount Fields in the "B" Record do not correspond to

 

 the amount indicators in the "A" Record.

 

 

 If Amount Indicators 2, 4 and 7 appear in the amount indicator field

 

 of the Payer "A" Record, then the Payee "B" Record must show payment

 

 amounts in Fields 2, 4 and 7, right-justified and unused positions

 

 zero filled.

 

 

 EXAMPLE:    "A" RECORD    247bbbbbb -- (b = blank)

 

                           (Pos. 23-31)

 

                           (Sector 1, pos. 24-32 for 8" diskettes)

 

 

             "B" RECORD    0000867599 -- (Payment Amount 2)

 

                           (Pos. 61-70)

 

                           (Sector 1, pos. 62-71 for 8" diskettes)

 

 

                           0000709097 -- (Payment Amount 4)

 

                           (Pos. 81-90)

 

                           (Sector 1, pos. 82-91 for 8" diskettes)

 

 

                           0000044985-- (Payment Amount 7)

 

                           (Pos. 111-120)

 

                           (Sector 1, pos. 112-121 for 8" diskettes)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2. Blanks or invalid characters appear in Payment Amount Fields in

 

 the Payee "B" Record.

 

 

 Money amounts must be right-justified and zero (0) filled. DO NOT USE

 

 BLANKS. Each payment amount must be entered in U.S. dollars and

 

 cents; however, do not use dollar signs, decimal points, or commas,

 

 as these characters are understood. For example, if you are reporting

 

 a money amount of $100.00, your payment amount field would be coded

 

 "0000010000."

 

 

 DO NOT ENTER NEGATIVE AMOUNTS EXCEPT for Amount Indicators 2, 6, 7, 8

 

 or 9 of the Form 1099-B. A negative overpunch in the units position

 

 may be used instead of a minus sign to indicate negative amounts. If

 

 a plus or minus sign or negative overpunch is not used, the amount is

 

 assumed to be positive.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3. Data is in prior year's format.

 

 

 Revenue procedures are updated each year and you must use the current

 

 revenue procedure to format your programs. DO NOT USE REVENUE

 

 PROCEDURE 90-41 FOR 1991 FILING.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 4. Discrepancy between IRS totals and totals in Payer "C" Records.

 

 

 The Payer "C" Record is a summary record for a type of return for a

 

 given payer as reported in the Payee "B" Records. IRS computers

 

 automatically compute the total number of payees and total payment

 

 amounts in the Payee "B" Records and these totals are compared

 

 against the totals in the Payer "C" Records. Payers should verify the

 

 accuracy of the records because imbalances may necessitate return of

 

 files for correction.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 5. Incorrect/Invalid TIN in Payer "A" Record.

 

 

 The Payer's TIN reported in position 7-15 (or Sector 1, positions

 

 8-16 for 8" diskettes) of the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record must be

 

 correct in order for IRS to process the media. Be sure the TIN

 

 reported on the Forms 4804 and Form 4802 matches the TIN reported in

 

 the "A" Record. Do not enter blanks, hyphens, alphas, all 9s, or any

 

 other numeric combination that is obviously incorrect, i.e.,

 

 123456789 or all 0s. This field may be left blank for foreign

 

 corporations not required to have an TIN if the foreign indicator

 

 code is present in the "A" Record. Also, please check for transposed

 

 numbers because an incorrect TIN will cause records to go unpostable,

 

 which means the records will not post to the Master File.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 6. Bad Format.

 

 

 We receive magnetic tape formatted using 8-inch diskette

 

 specifications and vice versa. BE SURE TO USE THE PROPER SECTION OF

 

 THIS REVENUE PROCEDURE FOR FORMATTING YOUR DATA. Use this publication

 

 (1220) for formatting magnetic tape, tape cartridge, 5 1/4, 3 1/2 and

 

 8 inch diskettes, or your electronic files.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 7. Reporting Payments on Form 1099-R, Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 There is no provision for reporting the Distribution Code (entered in

 

 Box 7 on the paper Form 1099-R) in the "A" Record. This information

 

 is reported in the Document Specific Code of the Payee "B" Record.

 

 Therefore, the Amount Indicators in the "A" Record should be reported

 

 as follows if you are reporting all 8 Amount Codes: 12345689b.

 

 Amounts are entered in ascending sequence, left-justified, and unused

 

 positions blank filled. The Amount Indicator may change from year to

 

 year. Please be sure your "A" Record only contains the Amount

 

 Indicators specified in the Revenue Procedure.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 8. The City/State/ZIP Code in the Payee "B" Record is in wrong

 

 format.

 

 

 The Payee City, State, and ZIP Code in the Payee "B" Record MUST be

 

 coded in the correct positions. If your program cannot code this

 

 information in the correct fields, you MUST request a deviation in

 

 writing from IRS/MCC.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 9. Invalid type of return indicator.

 

 

 You must indicate the type of return submitted by inserting the

 

 appropriate code in Position 22 (or Sector 1, Position 23 for 8"

 

 diskettes) of the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record. For example, if the

 

 type of return being reported is Form 1099-INT, a code "6" must be

 

 inserted in Position 22 (or Sector 1, Position 23 for 8" diskettes).

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 10. Form W-2 information submitted on same media as Form 1099

 

 information.

 

 

 Form W-2 information is submitted to the Social Security

 

 Administration (SSA), and NOT to IRS/MCC. The Social Security

 

 Administration has its own magnetic media reporting program for wage

 

 information, and the media containing Forms W-2 is submitted to SSA.

 

 Any media received at IRS/MCC which contains Form W-2 information

 

 will be returned to the filer. Contact your local SSA office for

 

 information concerning filing Forms W-2 on magnetic media.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 11. Excessive withholding credits.

 

 

 For most information returns, other than Form 1099-R, withholding

 

 credits should NOT exceed 20 percent of the income reported. Validate

 

 the total reported in the withholding field against the total income

 

 reported.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 12. Incorrect format for TINs in the Payee "B" Record.

 

 

 A check of your "B" records should be made to ensure the Taxpayer

 

 Identification Numbers (TINs) are formatted correctly. There should

 

 be nine digits, no alpha characters, no hyphens or commas. Incorrect

 

 formatting of TINs may result in a penalty.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 13. Incorrect tax year.

 

 

 The "A" and "B" Records must reflect the year for which reporting is

 

 being made.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 14. Distribution Codes for Form 1099-R reported incorrectly.

 

 

 A numeric Distribution Code must always be used in conjunction with

 

 Distribution Codes A, B, or C. The numeric code must be reported in

 

 position 4, and the A, B, or C must be in position 5. (Positions 5

 

 and 6, respectively, for 8" diskettes.)

 

 

PART B. MAGNETIC MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

.01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure define the required format and contents of the records to be included in the magnetic media file. These specifications must be adhered to unless deviations have been specifically granted by IRS.

.02 An external label, Form 5064, must appear on each tape and diskette submitted for processing. If diskettes are used and the operating system is not MS/DOS compatible, the operating system and hardware information MUST be provided. Failure to provide this information will result in the diskette being returned to the filer. The following information is needed on the label:

(a) The transmitter's name.

(b) The five character alpha/numeric Transmitter Control Code.

(c) The tax year of the data (i.e., 1991).

(d) Operating system software and hardware used to create the file (e.g., Apple MacIntosh/MacWrite V2.2).

(e) Document types (e.g., 1098, 5498, INT, DIV, MISC, etc.).

(f) The total number of Payee "B" Records on the media.

(g) An in-house volume serial number which may be assigned by the transmitter to the magnetic media (this is optional for those organizations which assign their own numbers to their media). If you do not assign media numbers, leave this blank.

(h) The sequence of each tape or diskette (e.g., 001 of 008, 002 of 008, etc.). However, if your file is complete on one tape or diskette, then the sequence will be 001 of 001.

The information on the external media label, Form 5064, will assist IRS in processing or in locating a file, should the transmitter request that it be returned due to errors.

.03 A provision is made in the Payee "B" Records for Special Data Entries. These entries are optional. If the field is not utilized, enter blanks to maintain a fixed record length of 420 positions. The field is intended to serve one or both of these purposes:

(a) Contain information required by state or local governments. Filers who wish to use this option for satisfying state or local reporting requirements should contact their state or local department of revenue for filing instructions. (Also refer to Part A, Sec. 17.)

(b) This field is also reserved for the filer's own personal use and may be used at the discretion of the filer to include information related to each individual return. IRS will not use the information supplied in this field. The length of this field will vary depending on the type of return.

.04 Use "K" Records only if you are an approved Combined Federal/State filer.

SECTION 2. TAPE SPECIFICATIONS

.01 In most instances, IRS can process any compatible magnetic tape files. Tape files must be EBCDIC or ASCII and must meet the following criteria:

(a) 9 track EBCDIC (Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code) with:

(1) Odd Parity

(2) A density of 800, 1600, or 6250 BPI.

(3) If you use UNISYS Series 1100, you must submit an interchange tape.

(b) 9 track ASCII (American Standard Coded Information Interchange) with:

(1) Odd Parity

(2) A density of 800, 1600, or 6250 BPI.

Please be consistent in the use of recording codes and density on your files. If files are generated in more than one recording code and/or density, multiple shipments would be appreciated.

.02 All compatible tape files must have the following characteristics: Type of tape - 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) wide, computer grade magnetic tape on reels of up to 2400 feet (731.52 m) within the following specifications:

(a) Tape thickness: 1.0 or 1.5 mils and

(b) Reel diameter: 10.5 inch (26.67 cm), 8.5 inch (21.59 cm), or 7 inch (17.78 cm).

.03 IRS/MCC also accepts IBM 3480 compatible tape cartridges.

THE TAPE CARTRIDGE SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE AS FOLLOWS:

(a) The tape transports that will be processing the tape cartridges will be IBM 3480 compatible. Therefore, the tape cartridges must be IBM 3480 compatible.

(b) The tape cartridges must meet American National Standard Institute (ANSI) standards, and have the following characteristics:

(1) Tape cartridges will be 1/2 inch tape contained in plastic cartridges which are approximately 4 inches by 5 inches by 1 inch in dimension.

(2) Magnetic tape will be chromium dioxide particle based 1/2 inch tape.

(3) Cartridges will be 18-track parallel.

(4) Cartridges will contain 14,907 bytes/mm (37,871 bytes/in).

(5) Mode will be full function.

If your tape cartridge does not meet these specifications, submit it as a test file, and IRS/MCC will try to process it. Contact IRS/MCC for further information.

.04 Payers who can substantially conform to these specifications, but require some minor deviations, MUST contact IRS/MCC in writing. Tapes deviating from the specifications in this revenue procedure must not be submitted without prior approval from IRS. If you file on the Combined Federal/State Filing Program, your files must conform totally to this revenue procedure.

.05 The tape records defined in this revenue procedure may be blocked subject to the following:

(a) A block must not exceed 25,200 tape positions.

(b) If the use of blocked records would result in a short block, all remaining positions of the block must be filled with 9s; however, the last block of the file may be filled with 9s or truncated. Do not pad a block with blanks.

(c) All records, except the header and trailer labels, may be blocked.

(d) Records may not span blocks.

.06 Labeled or unlabeled tapes may be submitted.

.07 For the purposes of this revenue procedure the following must be used.

Tape Mark:

(a) Used to signify the physical end of the recording on tape.

(b) For even parity, use BCD configuration 0 0 1 1 1 1 ("8421").

(c) May follow the header label and precede and/or follow the trailer label.

SECTION 3. 5 1/4-INCH AND 3 1/2-INCH DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

.01 To be compatible, a diskette file must meet the following specifications:

(a) 5 1/4 or 3 1/2 inches in diameter.

(b) Data must be recorded in standard ASCII code. EBCDIC can be used but only if created on IBM System 36 and only for 5 1/4" diskettes.

(c) Records must be fixed length of 420 bytes per record.

(d) Delimiter character commas (,) must not be used.

(e) Positions 419 and 420 of each record have been reserved for carriage return/line feed (cr/lf) characters.

(f) Filename of IRSTAX must be used. Do not enter any other data in this field. If a file will consist of more than one diskette, the filename IRSTAX will contain a 3-digit extension. This extension will indicate the sequence of the diskettes within the file. For example, the first diskette will be named IRSTAX.001, the second diskette will be IRSTAX.002, etc.

(g) A diskette file may consist of multiple diskettes as long as the filename conventions are adhered to.

(h) Diskettes must meet one of the following specifications:

 Capacity          Tracks          Sides/Density          Sector Size

 

 1.44 mb           96tpi           hd                     512

 

 1.44 mb           135tpi          hd                     512

 

 1.2 mb            96tpi           hd                     512

 

 720 kb            48tpi           ds/dd                  512

 

 360 kb            48tpi           ds/dd                  512

 

 320 kb            48tpi           ds/dd                  512

 

 180 kb            48tpi           ss/dd                  512

 

 160 kb            48tpi           ss/dd                  512

 

 

.02 IRS prefers that 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes be created using MS/DOS; however, diskettes created using other operating systems may be acceptable. IRS/MCC has equipment that can convert diskettes created under virtually any operating system to the appropriate MS/DOS format. We strongly recommend that you submit a test file for 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes, especially if your data was not created using the operating system MS/DOS.

.03 Deviations from the prescribed formats will not be acceptable. Diskettes deviating from the specifications in this revenue procedure must not be submitted without prior approval from IRS.

SECTION 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

.01 Identifies the payer and transmitter of the magnetic media file and provides parameters for the succeeding Payee "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.

.02 The number of "A" Records appearing on a tape or diskette will depend on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. The payment amounts for one payer for one type of return must be consolidated under one "A" Record if submitted on the same file.

.03 Do not submit separate "A" Records for each payment amount being reported. For example, if you are filing Form 1099-DIV to report Amount Codes 1, 2, and 3, all three amount codes must be reported under one "A" Record, not three separate "A" Records. For "B" Records which do not contain payment amounts for all three amount codes, enter zeros for those which have no payment to be reported.

.04 The first record appearing on the file must be an "A" Record. A transmitter may include "B" Records for more than one payer on a tape or diskette; however, each GROUP of "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record.

.05 ALL RECORDS MUST BE A FIXED LENGTH OF 420 POSITIONS.

.06 A single tape or diskette may also contain different types of returns but the types of returns MUST NOT be intermingled. A separate "A" Record is required for each payer and for each type of return being reported. However, once you have written the first "A" Record, you need not write another unless you report for another payer or another type of document, even if you have more than one tape or diskette. An "A" Record may be blocked with "B" Records; however, the initial record on a file must be an "A" Record. IRS will accept an "A" Record after a "C" Record.

.07 Do not begin any record at the end of a block or diskette and continue the same record into the next block.

.08 All alpha characters entered in the "A" Record should be uppercase.

.09 When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name of the recipient of the interest (the filer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid.

               RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

 

 NOTE: For all fields marked REQUIRED, you must provide the

 

 information described under Description and Remarks. For those fields

 

 not marked REQUIRED, you must allow for the field but may be

 

 instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated media

 

 position(s) and for the indicated length. All records are now a fixed

 

 length of 420 positions.

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "A."

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2-3        Payment Year       2        REQUIRED. Enter "91."

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 4-6        Reel Sequence      3        The reel sequence number

 

            Number                      incremented by 1 for each tape

 

                                        or diskette on the file

 

                                        starting with 001. You may

 

                                        choose to enter blanks or

 

                                        zeros in this field. IRS

 

                                        bypasses this information. You

 

                                        must indicate the proper

 

                                        sequence on the external label

 

                                        Form 5064.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 7-15       Payer's TIN        9        REQUIRED. Must be the valid

 

                                        9-digit number assigned to the

 

                                        payer by IRS. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        BLANKS, HYPHENS, ALPHA

 

                                        CHARACTERS, ALL 9s, OR ALL

 

                                        ZEROS. For foreign

 

                                        corporations that are not

 

                                        required to have a TIN, this

 

                                        field may be left blank.

 

                                        Foreign corporations should

 

                                        have the Foreign Corporation

 

                                        Indicator, position 49 of the

 

                                        "A" Record, set to "1." (See

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 18 for the

 

                                        definition of a Foreign

 

                                        Corporation.)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 16-19      Payer Name         4        The Payer Name Control can be

 

            Control                     obtained from the mail label

 

                                        on the Package 1099 that is

 

                                        mailed to most payers on

 

                                        record each December. To

 

                                        distinguish between Package

 

                                        1099 and the Magnetic Media

 

                                        Reporting (MMR) package, the

 

                                        Package 1099 contains

 

                                        instructions for paper filing

 

                                        only, and the mail label on

 

                                        the package contains a four

 

                                        (4) character NAME CONTROL.

 

                                        The MMR package contains

 

                                        instructions for filing on

 

                                        magnetic media only, and the

 

                                        mail label DOES NOT contain a

 

                                        name control. Names of less

 

                                        than four (4) characters

 

                                        should be left-justified,

 

                                        filling the unused positions

 

                                        with blanks. If you have not

 

                                        received a Package 1099 or you

 

                                        do not know your Payer Name

 

                                        Control, this field should be

 

                                        blank filled.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 20         Blank              1        Enter blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 21         Combined 1                  FORMS 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B,

 

            Federal/State               1099-S, and W-2G CANNOT BE

 

            Filer                       FILED UNDER THIS PROGRAM.

 

                                        Enter "1" if participating in

 

                                        the Combined Federal/State

 

                                        Filing Program; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blank. Refer to Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 17, for further

 

                                        information on the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 22         Type of Return     1        REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        appropriate Return code from

 

                                        the table below:

 

                                        Type of Return         Code

 

                                        1098                     3

 

                                        1099-A                   4

 

                                        1099-B                   B

 

                                        1099-DIV                 1

 

                                        1099-G                   F

 

                                        1099-INT                 6

 

                                        1099-MISC                A

 

                                        1099-OID                 D

 

                                        1099-PATR                7

 

                                        1099-R                   9

 

                                        1099-S                   S

 

 

                                        5498                     L

 

                                        W-2G                     W

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 23-31      Amount Indicators  9        REQUIRED. In most cases, the

 

                                        box numbers on paper

 

                                        information returns correspond

 

                                        with the amount codes used to

 

                                        file magnetically/electroni-

 

                                        cally. However, if

 

                                        discrepancies occur, the

 

                                        instructions in this revenue

 

                                        procedure govern. For a

 

                                        detailed explanation of the

 

                                        information to be reported in

 

                                        each Amount Code, refer to the

 

                                        1991 "Instructions for Forms

 

                                        1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G,"

 

                                        included in your Magnetic

 

                                        Media Reporting package. The

 

                                        amount indicators entered for

 

                                        a given type of return

 

                                        indicate type(s) of payment(s)

 

                                        that were made. For each

 

                                        Amount Code entered in this

 

                                        field, a corresponding Payment

 

                                        Amount must appear in the

 

                                        Payee "B" Record.

 

 

            EXAMPLE: If position 22 of the Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

            Record is "7" (for 1099-PATR) and positions 23-31 are

 

            "247bbbbbb" (b = blanks), this indicates that you will be

 

            reporting 3 actual Payment Amounts in all of the following

 

            Payee "B" Records.

 

 

            The first Payment Amount field in the Payee "B" Record

 

            will be "0" (zeros); the second will represent

 

            Nonpatronage distributions; the third will be all "0"

 

            (zeros); the fourth will represent Federal Income Tax

 

            Withheld; the fifth and sixth will be all "0" (zeros); the

 

            seventh will represent Energy Investment Credit; and the

 

            eighth and ninth will be all "0" (zeros).

 

 

            Enter the Amount Indicators in ASCENDING SEQUENCE (i.e.,

 

            247bbbbbb, b = blanks), left-justify, filling unused

 

            positions with blanks. For any further clarification of

 

            the Amount Indicator codes, contact IRS/MCC.

 

 

 Amount Indicators                      For Reporting Mortgage

 

 Form 1098 - Mortgage                   Interest Received from

 

 Interest Statement                     Payer(s)/Borrower(s) (Payer of

 

                                        Record) on Form 1098:

 

                                        Amount

 

                                        Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Mortgage interest

 

                                               received from

 

                                               payer(s)/borrower(s)

 

                                        2      Points paid directly

 

                                               by payer(s)/borrower(s)

 

                                               on purchase of

 

                                               principal residence

 

 

 Amount Indicators                      For Reporting the Acquisition

 

 Form 1099-A -                          or Abandonment of Secured

 

 Acquisition or                         Property on Form 1099-A:

 

 Abandonment of                         Amount

 

 Secured Property                       Code   Amount Type

 

                                        2      Balance of principal

 

                                               outstanding

 

                                        3      Gross foreclosure

 

                                               proceeds

 

                                        4      Appraisal value

 

 

 Amount Indicators                      For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-B -                          1099-B:

 

 Proceeds From                          Amount

 

 Broker and                             Code   Amount Type

 

 Barter Exchange                        2      Stocks, bonds, etc.

 

 Transactions                                  (For Forward Contracts

 

                                               see Note.)

 

                                        3      Bartering (Do not

 

                                               report negative

 

                                               amounts.)

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               withholding)

 

                                        6      Profit (or loss)

 

                                               realized in 1991

 

                                        7      Unrealized profit (or

 

                                               loss) on open contracts

 

                                                - 12/31/90

 

                                        8      Unrealized profit (or

 

                                               loss) on open contracts

 

                                               - 12/31/91

 

                                        9      Aggregate profit (or

 

                                               loss)

 

 

 NOTE: The Payment Amount field associated with Amount Code 2 may be

 

 used to represent a loss when the reporting is for Forward Contracts.

 

 Refer to Payee "B" Record - General Field Descriptions, Payment

 

 Amount Fields, for instructions on reporting negative amounts. Do not

 

 

 report negative amounts for Amount Codes 3 and 4.

 

 

 Amount Indicators                      For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-DIV -                        1099-DIV:

 

 Dividends and                          Amount

 

 Distributions                          Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Gross dividends and

 

                                               other distributions on

 

                                               stock (see Note)

 

                                        2      Ordinary dividends (see

 

                                               Note)

 

                                        3      Capital gain

 

                                               distributions (see

 

                                               Note)

 

                                        4      Nontaxable

 

                                               distributions (if

 

                                               determinable) (see

 

                                               Note)

 

                                        5      Investment expenses

 

                                               (see Note)

 

                                        6      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               withholding)

 

                                        7      Foreign tax paid

 

                                        8      Cash liquidation

 

                                               distributions

 

                                        9      Noncash liquidation

 

                                               distributions (show

 

                                               fair market value)

 

 

 NOTE: Amount Code 1 MUST equal the sum of amounts reported in Amount

 

 Codes 2, 3, 4 and 5.

 

 

 Amount Indicators                      For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-G -                          1099-G:

 

 Certain Government                     Amount

 

 Payments                               Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Unemployment

 

                                               compensation

 

                                        2      State or local income

 

                                               tax refunds, credits,

 

                                               or offsets

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               withholding)

 

                                        5      Discharge of

 

                                               indebtedness

 

                                        6      Taxable grants

 

                                        7      Agriculture payments

 

 

 Amount Indicators                      For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-INT -                        1099-INT:

 

 Interest income                        Amount

 

                                        Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Interest income not

 

                                               included in Amount Code

 

                                               3

 

                                        2      Early withdrawal

 

                                               penalty

 

                                        3      Interest on U.S.

 

                                               Savings Bonds and

 

                                               Treasury obligations

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               withholding)

 

                                        5      Foreign tax paid

 

 

 Amount Indicators                      For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-MISC -                       1099-MISC:

 

 Miscellaneous                          Amount

 

 Income                                 Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Rents

 

                                        2      Royalties (see Note 1)

 

                                        3      Prizes, awards, etc.

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               withholding)

 

                                        5      Fishing boat proceeds

 

                                        6      Medical and health care

 

                                               payments

 

                                        7      Nonemployee

 

                                               compensation OR Crop

 

                                               Insurance Proceeds OR

 

                                               Excess Golden Parachute

 

                                               Payments (see Note 2)

 

                                        8      Substitute payments in

 

                                               lieu of dividends or

 

                                               interest

 

                                        9      Direct sales

 

                                               "indicator" (see Note

 

                                               3)

 

 

 NOTE 1: Do not report timber royalties under a "pay-as-cut" contract;

 

 these should be reported on Form 1099-S.

 

 

 NOTE 2: Amount code "7" is normally used to report nonemployee

 

 compensation. However, Amount code "7" may also be used to report

 

 Crop Insurance Proceeds or Excess Golden Parachute Payments. See

 

 positions 4-5 of the Payee "B" Record for instructions. If

 

 Nonemployee Compensation, Crop Insurance Proceeds, and Excess Golden

 

 

 Parachute Payments are being paid to the same payee, a separate Payee

 

 "B" Record for each transaction is required.

 

 

 NOTE 3: Use Amount Code "9" to report sales by you of $5,000 or more

 

 of consumer products to a person on a buy-sell, deposit commission,

 

 or any other commission basis for resale anywhere other than in a

 

 permanent retail establishment.

 

 

 Refer to the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and

 

 W-2G," for specific instructions. Do not use this indicator for sales

 

 of less than $5,000. The use of Amount Code "9" actually reflects an

 

 indicator of direct sales of $5,000 or more and is not an actual

 

 payment amount or amount code. The corresponding payment amount field

 

 in the Payee "B" Record MUST be reflected as 0000000100 if you are

 

 reporting direct sales of $5,000 or more. This does not mean that a

 

 payment of $1.00 was made or is being reported.

 

 

 Amount Indicators                      For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-OID -                        1099-OID:

 

 Original Issue                         Amount

 

 Discount                               Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Original issue discount

 

                                               for 1991

 

                                        2      Other periodic interest

 

                                        3      Early withdrawal

 

                                               penalty

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               withholding)

 

 

 Amount Indicators                      For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-PATR -                       1099-PATR:

 

 Taxable                                Amount

 

 Distributions                          Code   Amount Type

 

 Received From                          1      Patronage dividends

 

 Cooperatives                           2      Nonpatronage

 

                                               distributions

 

                                        3      Per-unit retain

 

                                               allocations

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (Backup

 

                                               withholding)

 

                                        5      Redemption of

 

                                               nonqualified notices

 

                                               and retain allocations

 

                                        6      Investment credit (see

 

                                               Note)

 

                                        7      Energy investment

 

                                               credit (see Note)

 

                                        8      Jobs credit (see Note)

 

                                        9      Low-income housing

 

                                               credit (see Note)

 

 

 NOTE: The amounts shown for Amount Indicators 6, 7, 8 and 9 must be

 

 reported to the payee; they need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount Indicators                      For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-R                            1099-R:

 

 (Replaces Form W-2P) -                 Amount

 

 (See Note 1)                           Code   Amount Type

 

 Distributions                          1      Gross distribution (see

 

 From Pensions, Annuities,                     Note 2)

 

 Retirement or Profit-                  2      Taxable amount (see

 

 Sharing Plans                                 Note 3)

 

 IRAs, Insurance Contracts,             3      Amount in Amount Code 2

 

 etc.                                          eligible for capital

 

                                               gain election

 

                                        4      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld (see Note 4)

 

                                        5      Employee contributions

 

                                               or insurance premiums

 

                                        6      Net unrealized

 

                                               appreciation in

 

                                               employer's securities

 

                                        8      Other

 

                                        9      State income tax

 

                                               withheld (see Note 5)

 

 

 NOTE 1: Additional information may be required in the Payee "B"

 

 Record for some filers of Form 1099-R. Refer to positions 44 thru 48

 

 of the Payee "B" Record.

 

 

 NOTE 2: If the payment shown for Amount Code 1 is a total

 

 distribution, enter a "1" in position 47 of the Payee "B" Record.

 

 

 NOTE 3: If a distribution is a loss, do not enter a negative amount.

 

 For example, if stock is distributed but the value is less than the

 

 employee's after-tax contribution, enter the value of the stock in

 

 Amount Code 1, enter zero (0) in Amount Code 2, and enter the

 

 employee's contribution in Amount Code 5.

 

 

 If taxable amount cannot be determined, enter a "1" in position 48 of

 

 the Payee "B" Record.

 

 

 NOTE 4: See the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and

 

 W-2G" for further information concerning the definition of Federal

 

 Income Tax Withheld for Form 1099-R.

 

 

 NOTE 5: State income tax withheld has been added for the convenience

 

 of the payer but need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount Indicator                       For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 1099-S -                          1099-S:

 

 Proceeds From                          Amount

 

 Real Estate                            Code   Amount Type

 

 Transactions                           2      Gross proceeds (see

 

                                               Note)

 

 

 NOTE: Report payments of TIMBER royalties made under a "pay-as-cut"

 

 contract here. For more information, see Ann. 90-129, 1990-48 I.R.B.

 

 10. If timber royalties are being reported, enter "TIMBER" in the

 

 description field of the "B" record.

 

 

 Amount Indicators                      For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form 5498-                             5498:

 

 Individual                             Amount

 

 Retirement                             Code   Amount Type

 

 Arrangement                            1      Regular IRA

 

 Information                                   contributions made in

 

 (See Note)                                    1991 and 1992 for 1991

 

                                        2      Rollover IRA

 

                                               contributions

 

                                        3      Life insurance cost

 

                                               included in Amount Code

 

                                               1

 

                                        4      Fair market value of

 

                                               the account

 

 

 NOTE: Form 5498 is filed for each person for whom you maintained an

 

 Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) (including an Individual

 

 Retirement Arrangement maintained as part of a Simplified Employee

 

 Pension (SEP)) during 1991. Amount Code 4 represents the value of the

 

 account. Trustees and issuers of IRAs and SEPs must report the value

 

 of accounts in existence during the year, even if no contributions

 

 were made during the year. However, if a total distribution was made

 

 from an IRA on the last day of the year and no contributions were

 

 made for that year, you need not file Form 5498 to reflect that the

 

 fair market value on December 31 was zero. Do not report employer SEP

 

 contributions on Form 5498; however, you must report the value of a

 

 SEP account. For an IRA, use all applicable Amount Codes. If no IRA

 

 contributions were made for 1991, you will use only Amount Code 4.

 

 Only IRA contributions to be applied to 1991 that are made between

 

 January 1, 1991 and April 15, 1992 are to be reported in Amount Code

 

 1.

 

 

 For information concerning Inherited IRA reporting, see the 1991

 

 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" and

 

 Rev. Proc. 89-52, 1989-2 C.B. 632. Beneficiary

 

 information must be given in the Payee Name Line of the "B" Record.

 

 

 Amount Indicators                      For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Form W-2G -                            W-2G:

 

 Certain Gambling                       Amount

 

 Winnings                               Code   Amount Type

 

                                        1      Gross winnings

 

                                        2      Federal income tax

 

                                               withheld

 

                                        3      State income tax

 

                                               withheld (see Note)

 

                                        7      Winnings from identical

 

                                               wagers

 

 

 NOTE: State income tax withheld has been added for the convenience of

 

 the payer but need not be reported to IRS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 32         Test/              1        REQUIRED. Enter "T" if TEST

 

            Correction                  file. Enter "C" if

 

            Indicator                   CORRECTION file. Enter blank

 

                                        if original submission OR

 

                                        original submission that has

 

                                        been returned by IRS/MCC for

 

                                        replacement. Refer to Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 12.04 to distinguish

 

                                        between correction and

 

                                        replacement.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 33         Service            1        REQUIRED. Enter "1" if you

 

            Bureau                      used a Service Bureau to

 

            Indicator                   develop and/or transmit your

 

                                        files; otherwise enter blank.

 

                                        See Part A, Sec. 18 for the

 

                                        definition of Service Bureau.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 34-41      Blank              8        Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 42-43      Magnetic Tape      2        REQUIRED. Magnetic tape/tape

 

            Filer                       cartridge filers only. Enter

 

            Indicator                   the letters "LS" (in

 

                                        UPPERCASE ONLY) in this field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 44-48      Transmitter        5        REQUIRED. Enter the five

 

            Control Code                character alpha/numeric

 

            (TCC)                       Transmitter Control Code

 

                                        assigned by IRS. You must have

 

                                        a TCC to file data on this

 

                                        program. DO NOT ENTER MORE

 

                                        THAN ONE TCC PER FILE.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 49         Foreign            1        Enter a "1" if the payer is a

 

            Corporation                 Foreign Corporation and income

 

 

            Indicator                   is paid by the corporation to

 

                                        a U.S. resident from sources

 

                                        outside of the United States.

 

                                        (See Part A, Sec. 18 for the

 

                                        definition of a Foreign

 

                                        Corporation.) If the payer is

 

                                        not a Foreign Corporation,

 

                                        enter a blank. See Note.

 

 

 NOTE: Some filers are submitting their files with a "1" coded in

 

 Position 49 in all of the records contained on the file, whether the

 

 payer is a foreign corporation or not. Records that are coded as

 

 foreign corporations are processed differently than those that are

 

 coded with a blank in Position 49. If your program automatically

 

 codes a "1" in Position 49, all of the records on your file will be

 

 processed as foreign corporations. If you erroneously report

 

 corporations as foreign, you may be subject to a penalty for

 

 providing incorrect information to IRS. Therefore, be sure to code

 

 only those records as foreign corporations that should be coded as

 

 such.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 50-89      First              40       REQUIRED. Enter the name of

 

            Payer Name                  the payer whose TIN appears

 

            Line                        in positions 7-15 of the "A"

 

                                        Record, in the manner in which

 

                                        it was used when the TIN was

 

                                        acquired. Any extraneous

 

                                        information must be deleted

 

                                        from the name line.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill with

 

                                        blanks. (Do not enter the

 

                                        Transfer Agent's name in this

 

                                        field. The Transfer Agent's

 

                                        name should appear in the

 

                                        Second Payer Name field.)

 

 

 NOTE: When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A"

 

 Record will reflect the name and EIN of the recipient of the interest

 

 (the filer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the

 

 interest (the payer of record) and the amount paid. For Form 1099-S,

 

 the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the

 

 transaction and the "B" Record will reflect the seller.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 90-129     Second             40       The contents of this field are

 

            Payer Name                  dependent upon the TRANSFER

 

            Line                        AGENT INDICATOR in position

 

                                        130 of this record. If the

 

                                        Transfer Agent Indicator

 

                                        contains a "1," this field

 

                                        must contain the name of the

 

                                        Transfer Agent. If the

 

                                        Transfer Agent Indicator

 

                                        contains a "0" (zero), this

 

                                        field must contain either a

 

                                        continuation of the First

 

                                        Payer Name field or blanks.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. IF NO

 

                                        ENTRIES ARE PRESENT FOR THIS

 

                                        FIELD, FILL WITH BLANKS. (See

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 18 for a

 

                                        definition of Transfer Agent.)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 130        Transfer           1        REQUIRED. Identifies the

 

            Agent                       entity in the Second Payer

 

            Indicator                   Name field. (See Part A, Sec.

 

                                        18 for a definition of

 

                                        Transfer Agent.)

 

 

                                        Code      Meaning

 

                                        1         The entity in the

 

                                                  Second Payer Name

 

                                                  field is the

 

                                                  Transfer Agent.

 

                                        0 (zero)  The entity shown is

 

                                                  not the Transfer

 

 

                                                  Agent (i.e., the

 

                                                  Second Payer Name

 

                                                  field contains

 

                                                  either a

 

                                                  continuation of the

 

                                                  First Payer Name

 

                                                  field or blanks).

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 131-170    Payer              40       REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

            Shipping                    AGENT INDICATOR in position

 

            Address                     130 is a "1" enter the

 

                                        shipping address of the

 

                                        Transfer Agent. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter the ACTUAL shipping

 

                                        address of the payer. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 171-210    Payer City,        40       REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

            State and                   AGENT INDICATOR in position

 

            ZIP Code                    130 is a "1," enter the City,

 

                                        Town, or Post Office, State

 

                                        and ZIP Code of the Transfer

 

                                        Agent. Otherwise, enter the

 

                                        ACTUAL City, Town, or Post

 

                                        Office, State and ZIP Code of

 

                                        the payer. Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 211-290    Transmitter        80       REQUIRED. (Only if the payer

 

            Name                        and transmitter are not the

 

                                        same.) Enter the name of the

 

                                        transmitter in the manner in

 

                                        which it is used in normal

 

                                        business. The name of the

 

                                        transmitter must be reported

 

                                        in the same manner throughout

 

                                        the entire file. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill with blanks. If the

 

                                        payer and transmitter are the

 

                                        same, enter blanks in this

 

                                        field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 291-330    Transmitter        40       REQUIRED. (Only if the payer

 

            Mailing                     and transmitter are not the

 

            Address                     same.) Enter the mailing

 

                                        address of the transmitter.

 

                                        Street address should include

 

                                        number, street, apartment or

 

                                        suite number (or P. O. Box if

 

                                        mail is not delivered to

 

                                        street address). Left-justify

 

                                        and fill with blanks. If the

 

                                        payer and transmitter are the

 

                                        same, enter blanks in this

 

                                        field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 331-370    Transmitter        40       REQUIRED. (Only if the payer

 

            City, State                 and transmitter are not the

 

            and ZIP Code                same.) Enter the City, Town,

 

                                        or Post Office, State and ZIP

 

                                        Code of the transmitter.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill with

 

                                        blanks. If the payer and

 

                                        transmitter are the same,

 

                                        enter blanks in this field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 371-418    Blank              48       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 419-420    Blank              2        Enter blanks or Carriage

 

                                        Return/Line Feed (CR/LF)

 

 

SECTION 5. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SECTION 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD ("B" Record) GENERAL FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUTS

.01 The Payee "B" Record contains the payment information from the individual returns. When filing information documents the format for the "B" Records will remain constant and is a fixed length of 420 positions. The record layout for positions 1 through 321 is the same for all "B" Records. Positions 322 through 420 vary slightly for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G to accommodate variations within these forms.

In the "A" Record, the Amount Indicators that appear in positions 23 through 31 will be left-justified and blank filled. In the "B" Record, you will allow for all nine payment amount fields. For those fields not used enter zeros (0). For example, if you are reporting on Form 1099-PATR, you will enter a "7" in tape position 22 of the "A" Record, Type of Return. If you are reporting payments for Amount Codes 2, 4 and 7, then media positions 23 through 31 of the "A" Record will be "247bbbbbb" (b = blanks). In the "B" Record:

Positions 51 through 60 for Payment Amount 1 will be zeros.

Positions 61-70 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Nonpatronage distributions."

Positions 71-80 for Payment Amount 3 will be zeros.

Positions 81-90 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Federal income tax withheld."

Positions 91-110 for Payment Amounts 5 and 6 will be zeros.

Positions 111-120 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Energy investment credit."

Positions 121-140 for Payment Amounts 8 and 9 will be zeros.

.02 The following specifications include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four characters of the payee's surname or last name are to be entered by the payer.

.03 If payers are unable to determine the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank; however, compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the Name Control.

(a) The surname of the payee whose SSN is shown in the "B" Record should always appear first. If, however, your records have been developed using the first name first, you must leave a blank space between the first and last names.

(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the "B" Record must be present in the First Payee Name Line. Surnames of any other payees in the record may be entered in the Second Payee Name field.

.04 See Part A, Sec. 15 for further information concerning Taxpayer Identification Numbers (TINs).

.05 A field is also provided in these specifications for Special Data Entries. This field may be used to record information required by state or local governments, or for the filer's own personal use. IRS does not use the data provided in the Special Data Entries field; therefore, the IRS program doesn't check the content or format of the data entered in this field. It is the filer's choice whether or not this field is used. If this field is coded, it will not affect the processing of the "B" Records.

.06 Those filers participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program must adhere to all of the specifications in Part A, Sec. 17 in order to participate in this program. FORMS 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-S, AND W-2G CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

.07 All alpha characters entered in the "B" Record should be uppercase.

.08 Do not use decimal points (.) to indicate dollars and cents on magnetic media, e.g. 0000001000 for $10.00.

.09 IRS strongly encourages filers to review their data for accuracy before submission to prevent issuance of erroneous notices to persons for whom reports are filed. Filers should be especially careful that their names, TINs, account numbers, types of income, and income amounts are correct.

.10 When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and EIN of the recipient of the interest (the filer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (Borrower/Payer of Record) and the amount paid. For Form 1099-S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction. The "B" Record will reflect the seller.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

 

 NOTE: For all fields marked REQUIRED, you must provide the

 

 information described under Description and Remarks. For those fields

 

 not marked REQUIRED, you must allow for the field but may be

 

 instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated position(s) and

 

 for the indicated length. All records are a fixed length of 420

 

 positions.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type          1      REQUIRED. Enter "B."

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2-3        Payment Year         2      REQUIRED. Enter "91."

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 4-5        Document             2      REQUIRED for Forms 1099-G,

 

            Specific                    1099-MISC, 1099-R and W-2G.

 

            Code                        FOR ALL OTHER FORMS, OR IF NOT

 

                                        USED, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

            Tax Year of                 For Form 1099-G, use only for

 

            Refund                      reporting the tax year for

 

            (Form 1099-G                which the refund, credit or

 

            only)                       offset was issued. Enter in

 

                                        position 4; position 5 will be

 

                                        blank.

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset is not attributable to

 

                                        income tax from a trade or

 

                                        business, enter the NUMERIC

 

                                        year from the table below for

 

                                        which the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset was issued (e.g., for

 

                                        1990, enter 0).

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset is exclusively

 

                                        attributable to income from a

 

                                        trade or business, and is not

 

                                        of general application, enter

 

                                        the ALPHA equivalent of the

 

                                        year from the table below

 

                                        (e.g., for 1990, enter J).

 

 

                                                        Year for Which

 

                                       Year for         TRADE/BUSINESS

 

                                        Which             Refund Was

 

                                       GENERAL              Issued

 

                                       Refund was           (Alpha

 

                                        Issued            Equivalent)

 

 

                                           1                   A

 

                                           2                   B

 

                                           3                   C

 

                                           4                   D

 

                                           5                   E

 

                                           6                   F

 

                                           7                   G

 

                                           8                   H

 

                                           9                   I

 

                                           0                   J

 

 

            Crop Insurance              For Form 1099-MISC, position 4

 

            Proceeds or                 is used to indicate Crop

 

            Excess Golden               Insurance Proceeds or Excess

 

            Parachute Payments          Golden Parachute Payments.

 

            (Form 1099-MISC             Position 5 will be blank.

 

            only)

 

 

                                        Enter a "1" in Position 4 if

 

                                        the payment amount reported

 

                                        for Amount Code 7 is

 

                                        Crop Insurance Proceeds.

 

                                        Position 5 will be blank.

 

 

                                        Enter a "2" in Position 4 if

 

                                        the payment amount reported

 

                                        for Amount Code 7 is Excess

 

                                        Golden Parachute Payments.

 

                                        Position 5 will be blank.

 

 

            Distribution                For Form 1099-R, enter the

 

 

            Code                        appropriate Distribution

 

            (Form 1099-R only)          Code(s). More than one code

 

            (See Note)                  may apply for Form 1099-R;

 

                                        however, if  only one code is

 

                                        required, it must be entered

 

                                        in position 4. Position 5 will

 

                                        be blank. You MUST enter at

 

                                        least one (1) Distribution

 

                                        Code for Form 1099-R. BLANKS

 

                                        in BOTH positions 4 and 5 are

 

                                        NOT acceptable.

 

 

                                        Enter the applicable code from

 

                                        the table that follows. A "0"

 

                                        (zero) is not a valid code for

 

                                        Form 1099-R. Position 4 must

 

                                        contain a numeric code in all

 

                                        cases except when using "P" or

 

                                        "D". Distribution Code A, B or

 

                                        C must be entered in position

 

                                        5 with the applicable numeric

 

                                        code in position 4.

 

 

                                        When using Code P for an IRA

 

                                        distribution under section

 

                                        408(d) (4) of the Internal

 

                                        Revenue Code, you may also

 

                                        enter Code 1, if it applies.

 

                                        If you are reporting a total

 

                                        distribution from a plan that

 

                                        includes a distribution of a

 

                                        DEC, you must report two

 

                                        separate "B" Records: one to

 

                                        report the distribution

 

                                        of DEC's; the other to report

 

                                        the distribution from the

 

                                        other part of the plan.

 

 

                                        In addition, if more than one

 

                                        numeric code is applicable to

 

                                        different parts of a

 

                                        distribution, report two

 

                                        separate "B" Records.

 

 

                                        Category                  Code

 

                                        Early (premature)

 

                                         distribution, no known

 

                                         exception                1 /*/

 

                                        Early (premature)

 

                                         distribution, exception

 

                                         applies                  2 /*/

 

                                         (as defined in Section

 

                                         72(q), (t), or (v) of

 

                                         the Internal Revenue

 

                                         Code) other than

 

                                         disability or death

 

                                        Disability                3 /*/

 

                                        Death (includes payments

 

                                         to a beneficiary)        4 /*/

 

                                        Prohibited transaction    5 /*/

 

                                        Section 1035 Exchange     6

 

                                        Normal distribution       7 /*/

 

                                        Excess contributions

 

                                         plus

 

                                         earnings/excess

 

                                         deferrals (and/or

 

                                         earnings) taxable in

 

                                         1991                     8 /*/

 

                                        PS 58 costs               9

 

                                        Excess contributions

 

                                         plus earnings/excess

 

                                         deferrals taxable in

 

                                         1990                     P /*/

 

                                        Qualifies for 5-year/

 

                                         10-year averaging        A

 

                                        Qualifies for death

 

                                         benefit exclusion        B

 

                                        Qualifies for both A

 

                                         and B                    C

 

                                        Excess contributions

 

                                         plus earnings/excess

 

                                         deferrals taxable in

 

                                         1989                     D /*/

 

 

/*/ If you are reporting an IRA or SEP distribution for Code 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, P, or D, you must code a "1" in Position 44 of the Payee "B" Record.

NOTE: For detailed explanations of the distribution codes, see the 1991 "Instructions for Form 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" included in your Magnetic Media Reporting Packages.

            Type of                     For Form W-2G, enter the

 

            Wager (Form                 applicable code in position 4.

 

            W-2G only)                  Position 5 will be blank.

 

 

                                        Category                  Code

 

                                        Horse Race Track (or Off     1

 

                                         Track Betting of a

 

                                         Horse Track nature)

 

                                        Dog Race Track (or Off       2

 

                                         Track Betting of a Dog

 

                                         Track nature)

 

                                        Jai-alai                     3

 

                                        State Conducted Lottery      4

 

                                        Keno                         5

 

                                        Casino Type Bingo. DO        6

 

                                         NOT use this code for

 

                                         any other type of Bingo

 

                                         winnings (e.g., Church

 

                                         or Fire Dept.)

 

                                        Slot Machines                7

 

                                        Any other type of            8

 

                                         gambling winnings. (This

 

                                         includes Church Bingo,

 

                                         Fire Dept. Bingo,

 

                                          unlabeled winnings,

 

                                          etc.)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 6          2nd TIN            1        For Forms 1099-INT, 1099-DIV,

 

            Notice                      1099-OID, 1099-PATR,

 

                                        1099-MISC, and 1099-B only.

 

 

                                        Enter "1" if you wish to

 

                                        indicate that you were

 

                                        notified by IRS twice within 3

 

                                        calendar years that the payee

 

                                        provided an incorrect taxpayer

 

                                        identification number;

 

                                        otherwise, enter a blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 7          Corrected          1        Enter "G" to indicate a

 

            Return                      corrected return; otherwise,

 

            Indicator                   enter blank. Refer to

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 14 for specific

 

                                        instructions on how to file

 

                                        corrected returns.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 8-11       Name Control       4        Enter the first four (4)

 

                                        characters of the surname

 

                                        (last name) of the payee. The

 

                                        surname of the person whose

 

                                        TIN is being reported in

 

                                        positions 15-23 of the "B"

 

                                        Record MUST be used to

 

                                        determine the Name Control.

 

                                        This is especially important

 

                                        in the case of trustee

 

                                        accounts. IF THE NAME THAT

 

                                        CORRESPONDS TO THE TIN IS NOT

 

                                        INCLUDED IN THE FIRST OR

 

                                        SECOND PAYEE NAME LINE, EVERY

 

                                        EFFORT SHOULD BE MADE TO

 

                                        DEVELOP THE CORRECT NAME

 

                                        CONTROL OF THE NAME THAT

 

                                        CORRESPONDS TO THE TIN.

 

                                        Surnames of less than four (4)

 

                                        characters should be

 

                                        left-justified, filling the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Special characters and

 

                                        imbedded blanks should be

 

                                        removed. In the case of a

 

                                        business, use the first four

 

                                        significant characters of the

 

                                        business name. Disregard the

 

                                        word "the" when it is the

 

                                        first word of the name, UNLESS

 

                                        there are only two words in

 

                                        the name. IF THE NAME CONTROL

 

                                        IS NOT DETERMINABLE BY THE

 

                                        PAYER, LEAVE THIS FIELD BLANK.

 

                                        (See Part A, Sec. 15 for

 

                                        information on Name Controls.)

 

                                        A dash (-) and ampersand (&)

 

                                        are the only acceptable

 

                                        special characters. Surname

 

                                        prefixes are considered part

 

                                        of the surname, i.e., for Van

 

                                        Elm, the name control would be

 

                                        VANE.

 

 

NOTE: Although extraneous words, titles, and special characters are allowed (i.e., Mr., Mrs., Dr., apostrophe, dash, etc.), this information may be dropped during subsequent IRS/MCC processing AFTER data has been successfully processed.

 The following examples may be helpful to you in developing the Name

 

 Control:

 

 

                              NAME                        NAME CONTROL

 

 Individuals:

 

                              Jane Brown                     BROW

 

                              John A. Lee                    LEE /*/

 

                              James P. En, Sr.               EN /*/

 

                              John O'Neill                   ONEI

 

                              Mary Van Buren                 VANB

 

                              Juan De Jesus                  DEJE

 

                              Gloria A. El-Roy               EL-R

 

                              Mr. John Smith                 SMIT

 

                              Joe McCarthy                   MCCA

 

                              Pedro Torres-Lopes             TORR

 

                              Maria Lopez Moreno /**/        LOPE

 

                              Binh To La                     LA /*/

 

                              Nhat Thi Pham                  PHAM

 

                              Mark D'Allesandro              DALL

 

 Corporations:

 

                              The First National Bank        FIRS

 

                              The Hideaway                   THEH

 

                              A & B Cafe                     A&BC

 

 Sole Proprietor:

 

                              Jane and Mark Hemlock          HEML

 

                               c/o The Sunshine Club

 

 Partnership:

 

                              Robert Aspen and Bess Willow   ASPE

 

                              Harold Fir, Bruce Elm, and     FIR /*/

 

                               Joyce Spruce et al Ptr

 

 Estate:

 

                              Frank White Estate             WHIT

 

                              Sheila Blue Estate             BLUE

 

 Trusts and Fiduciaries:

 

                              Daisy Corporation Employee     DAIS

 

                               Benefit Trust

 

                              Trust FBO The Cherryblossom    CHER

 

                               Society

 

 Exempt Organization:

 

                              Laborer's Union, AFL-CIO       LABO

 

                              St. Bernard's Methodist        STBE

 

                               Church Bldg. Fund

 

 

      /*/ Name Controls of less than four (4) significant characters

 

 must be left-justified and blank filled.

 

 

      /**/ For Hispanic names, when two last names are shown for an

 

 individual, derive the name control from the first last name.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 12-13      Blank              2        Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 14         Type of            1        REQUIRED. This field is used

 

            TIN                         to identify the Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number (TIN) in

 

                                        positions 15-23 as either an

 

                                        Employer Identification

 

                                        Number, a Social Security

 

                                        Number, or that the type is

 

                                        undeterminable. Enter the

 

                                        appropriate code from the

 

                                        following table:

 

 

                                    Type of TIN  TIN  Type of Account

 

                                        1        EIN  A business,

 

                                                      organization, or

 

                                                      other entity

 

                                                      that is not an

 

                                                      individual

 

                                        2        SSN  An individual

 

                                      blank      N/A  If the type of

 

                                                      TIN is

 

                                                      undeterminable,

 

                                                      enter a blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 15-23      Taxpayer           9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid

 

            Identification              9-digit Taxpayer

 

            Number                      Identification Number of the

 

                                        payee (SSN or EIN, as

 

                                        appropriate). If an

 

                                        identification number has been

 

                                        applied for but not received,

 

                                        enter blanks. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        HYPHENS, ALPHA CHARACTERS, ALL

 

                                        9s OR ALL ZEROS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 24-43      Payer's            20       DO NOT ENTER A TAXPAYER

 

            Account                     IDENTIFICATION NUMBER IN THIS

 

            Number                      FIELD. We strongly encourage

 

            For                         the payer to use this field to

 

            Payee                       enter the payee's account

 

                                        number, which can be any

 

                                        account number assigned by the

 

                                        payer to the payee (e.g.,

 

                                        checking account or savings

 

                                        account). THIS NUMBER WILL

 

                                        HELP TO DISTINGUISH THE

 

                                        INDIVIDUAL PAYEE'S ACCOUNT AND

 

                                        SHOULD BE UNIQUE FOR EACH

 

                                        DOCUMENT SO AS TO IDENTIFY THE

 

 

                                        SPECIFIC TRANSACTION MADE WITH

 

                                        THE ORGANIZATION SHOULD

 

                                        MULTIPLE RETURNS BE FILED FOR

 

                                        ONE PAYEE. This information is

 

                                        particularly useful if

 

                                        corrections are filed. This

 

                                        number will be provided with

 

                                        your Backup Withholding

 

                                        notification from the IRS and

 

                                        may be used to identify the

 

                                        branch or subsidiary reporting

 

                                        the transaction. YOU ARE

 

                                        STRONGLY ENCOURAGED TO USE

 

                                        THIS FIELD. Do not define data

 

                                        in this field in packed

 

                                        decimal format. If fewer than

 

                                        twenty characters are used,

 

                                        you may either left- or

 

                                        right-justify, filling the

 

                                        remaining positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 44         IRA/SEP            1        This field is only used when

 

            Indicator                   reporting Forms 1099-R. This

 

                                        field will be coded ONLY if

 

                                        you entered a code 1, 2, 3, 4,

 

                                        5, 7, 8, P, or D in either

 

                                        Position 4 or 5, Document

 

                                        Specific Code, of the Payee

 

                                        "B" Record, AND you are

 

                                        reporting a distribution from

 

                                        an IRA or SEP.

 

 

                                        Enter "1" if you are reporting

 

                                        an IRA/SEP Distribution;

 

                                        otherwise enter blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 45-46      Percentage         2        This field is only used when

 

            of Total                    reporting Forms 1099-R, and

 

            Distribution                ONLY if you are reporting a

 

                                        total distribution to more

 

                                        than one person. If the

 

                                        percentage is 100, leave this

 

                                        field blank. If the percentage

 

                                        is a fraction, round off to

 

                                        the nearest whole number (for

 

                                        example, 10.4% will be 10%;

 

                                        10.5% or more will be 11%).

 

                                        Enter the percentage received

 

                                        by the person whose TIN is

 

                                        included in positions 15-23 of

 

                                        the "B" Record. This field

 

                                        must be right-justified, and

 

                                        unused positions must be zero

 

                                        filled. If not applicable,

 

                                        enter blanks. You need not

 

                                        enter this information for IRA

 

                                        or SEP distributions.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 47         Total              1        This field is only used when

 

            Distribution                reporting Forms 1099-R. Enter

 

            Indicator                   a "1" only if the payment

 

                                        shown in Amount Code 1 is a

 

                                        total distribution that closed

 

                                        out the account; otherwise,

 

                                        enter a blank.

 

 

 NOTE: A total distribution is one or more distributions within one

 

 tax year in which the entire balance of the account is distributed.

 

 Any distribution that does not meet this definition is not a total

 

 distribution.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 48         Taxable Amount     1        This field is only used when

 

            Not Determined              reporting Forms 1099-R. Enter

 

            Indicator                   a "1" only if you CANNOT

 

                                        compute the taxable amount of

 

                                        the payment entered in Amount

 

                                        Code 1 of the "A" Record. If

 

                                        the indicator is used, enter 0

 

                                        (zeros) in Payment Amount

 

                                        Field 2 of the Payee "B"

 

                                        Record. Please make every

 

                                        effort to compute the taxable

 

                                        amount.

 

 

                                        Enter a blank if the taxable

 

                                        amount CAN be determined.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 49-50      Blank              2        Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

            Payment                     REQUIRED. You must allow for

 

            Amount Fields               all payment amounts. For those

 

            (Must be                    not used, you must enter

 

            numeric)                    zeros. For example: If

 

                                        position 22 of the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record

 

                                        is "7" (for 1099-PATR) and

 

                                        positions 23-31 are

 

                                        "247bbbbbb" (b = blank), this

 

                                        indicates that you will be

 

 

                                        reporting 3 actual payment

 

                                        amounts in the following Payee

 

                                        "B" Records. Payment Amount 1

 

                                        will be all "0" (zeros),

 

                                        Payment Amount 2 will

 

                                        represent Nonpatronage

 

                                        distributions, Payment Amount

 

                                        3 will be all "0" (zeros),

 

                                        Payment Amount 4 will

 

                                        represent Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld, Payment Amounts 5

 

                                        and 6 will be all "0" (zeros),

 

                                        Payment Amount 7 will

 

                                        represent Energy investment

 

                                        credit, and Payment Amounts 8

 

                                        and 9 will be all "0" (zeros).

 

                                        Each payment field must

 

                                        contain 10 numeric characters

 

                                        (see Note). Each payment

 

                                        amount must be entered in U.S.

 

                                        dollars and cents. The

 

                                        rightmost two positions

 

                                        represent cents in the Payment

 

                                        Amount Fields. Do not enter

 

                                        dollar signs, commas, decimal

 

                                        points or NEGATIVE PAYMENTS,

 

                                        except those items that

 

                                        reflect a loss on Form

 

                                        1099-B. Positive and negative

 

                                        amounts are indicated by

 

                                        placing a "+" or "-" (minus

 

                                        sign) in the leftmost position

 

                                        of the payment amount field. A

 

                                        negative overpunch in the

 

                                        units position may be used,

 

                                        instead of a minus sign, to

 

                                        indicate a negative amount. If

 

                                        a plus sign, minus sign or

 

                                        negative overpunch is not

 

                                        used, the number is assumed

 

                                        to be positive. PAYMENT

 

                                        AMOUNTS MUST BE

 

                                        RIGHT-JUSTIFIED AND UNUSED

 

                                        POSITIONS MUST BE ZERO FILLED.

 

                                        FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHELD

 

                                        CANNOT BE REPORTED AS A

 

                                        NEGATIVE AMOUNT ON ANY FORM.

 

 

                                        NOTE: If you are reporting a

 

                                        money amount in excess of

 

                                        9999999999 (dollars and

 

                                        cents), it must be reported as

 

                                        follows:

 

                                        (1) The first Payee "B" Record

 

 

                                        MUST contain 9999999999.

 

 

                                        (2) The second Payee "B"

 

                                        Record will contain the

 

                                        remaining money amounts.

 

                                        DO NOT SPLIT THIS FIGURE IN

 

                                        HALF.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 51-60      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 1 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 1 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 61-70      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 2 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 2 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 71-80      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 3 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 3 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 81-90      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 4 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 4 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 91-100     Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 5 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 5 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 101-110    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 6 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 6 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 111-120    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 7 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 7 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 121-130    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 8 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 8 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 131-140    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 9 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 9 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

/*/ If there are discrepancies between these Payment Amount Codes and the boxes on the paper forms, the instructions in this revenue procedure govern.

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 141-160    Blank              20       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 161        Foreign            1        REQUIRED. If the payee address

 

            Country                     is in a foreign country enter

 

            Indicator                   a "1" in this field. This will

 

                                        allow you to use free format

 

                                        for the Payee Address, City,

 

                                        State and ZIP Code. Address

 

                                        information must not appear in

 

                                        the First or Second Payee Name

 

                                        Line.

 

 

                                        If the payee address is a U.S.

 

                                        address, you must enter a

 

                                        blank in this field and use

 

                                        the U.S. Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviations in magnetic

 

                                        media positions 311 and 312 of

 

                                        the record. These

 

                                        abbreviations are provided in

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 162-201    First Payee        40       REQUIRED. Do not enter address

 

            Name Line                   information in this field.

 

                                        Enter the name of the payee

 

                                        (preferably surname (last

 

                                        name) first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number (TIN)

 

                                        appears in positions 15-23 of

 

                                        the "B" Record. If fewer than

 

                                        40 characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. If more

 

                                        space is required for the

 

                                        name, utilize the Second Payee

 

                                        Name Line field below. If

 

                                        there are multiple payees,

 

                                        only the name of the payee

 

                                        whose TIN has been provided

 

                                        should be entered in this

 

                                        field. The names of the other

 

                                        payees may be entered in the

 

                                        Second Payee Name Line field.

 

 

 NOTE: WHEN REPORTING FORM 1098, MORTGAGE INTEREST STATEMENT, THE "A"

 

 RECORD WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST (THE

 

 FILER). THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE

 

 INTEREST (THE BORROWER/PAYER OF RECORD) AND THE AMOUNT PAID. FOR

 

 FORMS 1099-S, THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE SELLER INFORMATION.

 

 

 For Form 5498 Inherited IRAs, enter the beneficiary's name followed

 

 by the word "beneficiary." For example, "Brian Young as beneficiary

 

 of Joan Smith" or something similar that signifies that the IRA was

 

 once owned by Joan Smith. You may abbreviate the word "beneficiary"

 

 as, for example, "benef." Refer to the 1991 "Instructions for Forms

 

 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G." The beneficiary's TIN should be reported

 

 in positions 15-23 of the "B" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 202-241    Second Payee       40       If the payee name requires

 

            Name Line                   more space than is available

 

                                        in the First Payee Name Line,

 

                                        enter only the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name in this

 

                                        field. If there are multiple

 

                                        payees, (e.g., partners or

 

                                        joint owners) we encourage you

 

                                        to use this field for those

 

                                        payees' names not associated

 

                                        with the TIN provided in

 

                                        positions 15-23 of the "B"

 

                                        Record. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        NOTE: It is important that you

 

                                        provide as much payee

 

                                        information to IRS as possible

 

                                        to identify the owner of the

 

                                        TIN. Left-justify and fill

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES

 

                                        ARE PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 242-281    Payee Mailing      40       REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

                                        Any format can be used in

 

                                        reporting a foreign mailing

 

                                        address.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 For U.S. addresses, the Payee City, Payee State and Payee ZIP Code

 

 must be reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively. For

 

 foreign addresses, you may use the Payee City, Payee State and Payee

 

 ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter information in the

 

 following order: city, province or state, postal code, and the name

 

 of the country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign Country

 

 Indicator in position 161 must contain a "1."

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 282-310    Payee City         29       REQUIRED. Enter the city, town

 

                                        or post office. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill the unused positions

 

                                        with blanks. Do not enter

 

                                        state and ZIP Code information

 

                                        in this field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 311-312    Payee State        2        REQUIRED. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviations for states as

 

                                        shown in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 313-321    Payee ZIP          9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as you

 

                                        have entered a "1" in the

 

                                        Foreign Country Indicator

 

                                        field, located in position 161

 

                                        of the "B" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 THE FOLLOWING FIELD DEFINITIONS DESCRIBE PAYEE "B" RECORD POSITIONS

 

 322-420 FOR:

 

 

     (1) Forms 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-

 

 PATR, 1099-R, and 5498

 

     (2) Form 1099-A

 

     (3) Form 1099-B

 

     (4) Form 1099-OID

 

     (5) Form 1099-S

 

     (6) Form W-2G

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 (1) FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR,

 

 1099-R and 5498 (For detailed explanations of the following fields,

 

 see the 1991 "Instructions for Form 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G"

 

 included in your magnetic media reporting packages.)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 322-349    Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 350-416    Special Data       67       This portion of the Payee "B"

 

            Entries                     Record may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for their filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 417-418    Combined           2        If this payee record is to be

 

            Federal/                    forwarded to a state agency as

 

            State Code                  part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 17, Table 1.

 

                                        For those filers or states NOT

 

                                        participating in this program

 

                                        or for Form 1098, ENTER

 

                                        BLANKS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 419-420    Blank              2        Enter blanks, or carriage

 

                                        return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters.

 

 

                   PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

     FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR,

 

                           1099-R, and 5498

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 (2) FORM 1099-A (For detailed explanations of the following fields,

 

 see the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G,"

 

 included in your magnetic media reporting packages.)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 322-349    Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 350-370    Special Data       21       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for their filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 371-376    Date of            6        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

            Lender's                    Enter the date of your

 

            Acquisition                 acquisition of the secured

 

            or Knowledge                property or the date you first

 

            of Abandonment              knew or had reason to know

 

                                        that the property was

 

                                        abandoned, in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY (e.g., 102491). DO NOT

 

                                        ENTER HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 377        Liability          1        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

            Indicator                   Enter the appropriate

 

                                        indicator from the table

 

                                        below:

 

 

                                          Indicator   Usage

 

                                              1       Borrower is

 

                                                      personally

 

                                                      liable for

 

                                                      repayment of the

 

                                                      debt.

 

                                            Blank     Borrower is not

 

                                                      liable for

 

                                                      repayment of

 

                                                      the debt.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 378-416    Description        39       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

            of Property                 Enter a brief description of

 

                                        the property. For example, for

 

                                        real property, enter the

 

                                        address, or if the address

 

                                        does not sufficiently identify

 

                                        the property, enter the

 

                                        section, lot and block. For

 

                                        personal property, enter the

 

                                        type, make and model (e.g.,

 

                                        Car-1987 Buick Regal or Office

 

                                        Equipment). Enter "CCC" for

 

                                        crops forfeited on Commodity

 

                                        Credit Corporation loans. If

 

                                        fewer than 39 positions are

 

                                        required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 417-420    Blank              4        Enter blanks, or carriage

 

                                        return/ line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters in positions

 

                                        419-420.

 

 

                   PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

                              FORM 1099-A

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 (3) FORM 1099-B (For detailed explanations of the following fields,

 

 see the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G"

 

 included in your Magnetic Media Reporting Package.)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 322-349    Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 350-359    Special Data       10       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for their filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 360        Gross              1        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

            Proceeds                    Enter appropriate indicator

 

            Reported to IRS             from Reported to IRS the

 

                                        following table. If this field

 

                                        Indicator is not utilized,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 

                                          Indicator   Usage

 

                                              1       Gross proceeds

 

                                              2       Gross proceeds

 

                                                      less commissions

 

                                                      and option

 

                                                      premiums

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 361-366    Date of            6        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

            Sale                        For broker transactions, enter

 

                                        the trade date of the

 

                                        transaction in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY (e.g., 102491). For

 

                                        barter exchanges, enter the

 

                                        date cash, property, a credit,

 

                                        or scrip is actually or

 

                                        constructively received. Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 367-379    CUSIP Number       13       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        For broker transactions only,

 

                                        enter the CUSIP (Committee on

 

                                        Uniform Security

 

 

                                        Identification Procedures)

 

                                        number of the item reported

 

                                        for Amount Indicator "2"

 

                                        (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                        if the number is not available

 

                                        or applicable. For CUSIP

 

                                        numbers with less than 13

 

                                        characters, right-justify and

 

                                        fill the remaining positions

 

                                        with blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 380-418    Description        39       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter a brief description of

 

                                        the item or services for which

 

                                        the proceeds are being

 

                                        reported. If fewer than 39

 

                                        characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 

                                        For broker transactions, enter

 

                                        a brief description of the

 

                                        disposition item, (e.g., 100

 

                                        shares of XYZ Corp.).

 

 

                                        For regulated futures and

 

                                        forward contracts, enter "RFC"

 

                                        or other appropriate

 

                                        description and any amount

 

                                        subject to backup withholding.

 

 

                                        NOTE: The amount withheld in

 

                                        these situations is to be

 

                                        included in Amount Code 4. For

 

                                        bartering transactions, show

 

                                        the services or property

 

                                        provided.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 419-420    Blank              2        Enter blanks, or carriage

 

                                        return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters.

 

 

                   PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

                              FORM 1099-B

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 (4) FORM 1099-OID (For detailed explanations of the following fields

 

 see the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G"

 

 included in your Magnetic Media Reporting package.)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 322-349    Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 350-377    Special Data       28       This portion of the "B"

 

            Entries                     Record may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not used, enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 378-416    Description        39       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-OID

 

                                        ONLY. Enter the CUSIP Number,

 

                                        if any; if there is no CUSIP

 

                                        number, enter the abbreviation

 

                                        for the stock exchange and

 

                                        issuer, the coupon rate and

 

                                        year of maturity (e.g., NYSE

 

                                        XYZ 12 1/2 95). If fewer than

 

                                        39 characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 417-418    Combined           2        If a payee record is to be

 

            Federal/                    forwarded to a state agency as

 

            State Code                  part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 17, Table 1.

 

                                        For those filers or states NOT

 

                                        participating in this program,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 419-420    Blank              2        Enter blanks or carriage

 

                                        return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters.

 

 

                   PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

                             FORM 1099-OID

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 (5) FORM 1099-S (for detailed explanations of the following fields

 

 see the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098,

 

 5498, and W-2G" included in your Magnetic Media Reporting Package.)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 322-349    Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 350-372    Special Data       23       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not used, enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 373-378    Date of            6        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

            Closing                     Enter the closing date in the

 

                                        format MMDDYY (e.g., 102491).

 

                                        Do not enter hyphens or

 

                                        slashes.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 379-417    Address or         39       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

            Legal                       Enter the address of the

 

            Description                 property transferred

 

                                        (including city, state, and

 

                                        ZIP Code). If the address does

 

                                        not sufficiently identify the

 

                                        property, also enter a legal

 

                                        description, such as section,

 

                                        lot, and block. If you are

 

                                        entering an address, include

 

                                        the state and ZIP Code where

 

                                        the property is located. If

 

                                        fewer than 39 positions are

 

                                        required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

                                        For timber royalties, enter

 

                                        "TIMBER".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 418        Property or        1        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

            Services                    Enter 1 if the transferor

 

            Received                    received or will receive

 

                                        property (other than cash and

 

                                        consideration treated as cash

 

                                        in computing gross proceeds)

 

                                        or services as part of the

 

                                        consideration for the property

 

                                        transferred. If the transferor

 

                                        may receive property (other

 

                                        than cash) or services to

 

                                        satisfy a debt having a stated

 

                                        principal amount, you must

 

                                        also enter 1.

 

 

                                        Enter blank if this field is

 

                                        not used.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 419-420    Blank              2        Enter blanks or carriage

 

                                        return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters.

 

 

                   PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

                              FORM 1099-S

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 (6) FORM W-2G (For detailed explanations of the following fields see

 

 the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098,

 

 5498, and W-2G".)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 322-352    Blank              31       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 353-358    Date Won           6        REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the date of the winning

 

                                        event in the format MMDDYY

 

                                        (e.g., 102491). This is not

 

                                        the date the money was paid,

 

                                        if paid after the date of the

 

                                        race (or game). DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 359-373    Transaction        15       REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        For state conducted lotteries,

 

                                        enter the ticket or other

 

                                        identifying number. For keno,

 

                                        bingo, and slot machines,

 

                                        enter the ticket or card

 

                                        number (and color, if

 

                                        applicable), machine serial

 

                                        number or any other

 

                                        information that will help

 

                                        identify the winning

 

                                        transaction. All others, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 374-378    Race               5        REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the race (or

 

                                        game) applicable to the

 

                                        winning ticket. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 379-383    Cashier            5        REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the initials of

 

                                        the cashier making the winning

 

                                        payment. If no entry, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 384-388    Window             5        REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the window

 

                                        number or location of the

 

                                        person paying the winnings. If

 

                                        no entry, enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 389-403    First ID           15       REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the first

 

                                        identification number of the

 

                                        person receiving the winnings.

 

                                        If no entry, enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 404-418    Second ID          15       REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the second

 

                                        identification number of the

 

                                        person receiving the winnings.

 

                                        If no entry, enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 419-420    Blank              2        REQUIRED. Enter blanks, or

 

                                        carriage return/line feed

 

                                        (cr/lf) characters.

 

 

                   PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

                               FORM W-2G

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SECTION 7. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Payer "C" RECORD IS A FIXED RECORD LENGTH OF 420 POSITIONS. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "C" Record is a summary record for a type of return for a given payer.

.03 The "C" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer. The "C" Record MUST be written after the last "B" Record for each type of return for a given payer. For each "A" Record and group of "B" Records on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.

.04 In developing the "C" Record, for example, if you used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records will appear in Control Totals 1, 3 and 6 of the "C" Record. In this example, positions 26-40, 56-85, and 101-145 would be zero filled. Positions 146-420 would be blank filled.

.05 Payers/Transmitters must verify the accuracy of the totals in the "C" Record.

.06 Missing or incorrect "C" Records will result in the media being returned for correction.

                 RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "C".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2-7        Number of          6        REQUIRED. Enter the total

 

            Payees                      number of "B" Records covered

 

                                        by the preceding "A" Record.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero fill.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 8-10       Blank              3        Enter blanks.

 

 

      REQUIRED. If any corresponding Payment Amount fields are present

 

 in the "B" Records, accumulate into the

 

 appropriate Control Total fields. CONTROL TOTALS MUST BE

 

 RIGHT-JUSTIFIED, AND UNUSED CONTROL

 

 TOTAL FIELDS MUST BE ZERO FILLED. Please note that all Control Total

 

 fields are 15 positions in length.

 

 

 11-25      Control            15

 

            Total 1

 

 26-40      Control            15

 

            Total 2

 

 41-55      Control            15

 

            Total 3

 

 56-70      Control            15

 

            Total 4

 

 71-85      Control            15

 

            Total 5

 

 86-100     Control            15

 

            Total 6

 

 101-115    Control            15

 

            Total 7

 

 116-130    Control            15

 

            Total 8

 

 131-145    Control            15

 

            Total 9

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 146-420    Blank              275      Enter blanks. You may enter

 

                                        carriage return/line feed

 

                                        (cr/lf) characters in

 

                                        positions 419-420.

 

 

                END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SECTION 8. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD

.01 THE STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD IS A FIXED RECORD LENGTH OF 420 POSITIONS. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "K" Record is a summary for a given payer and a given state in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program, used ONLY when state reporting approval has been granted.

.03 The "K" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer for a given state. The "K" Record(s) must be written after the "C" Record for the related "A" Record.

.04 In developing the "K" Record, for example, if you used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records coded for this state will appear in Control Totals 1, 3 and 6 of the "K" Record.

.05 There MUST be a separate "K" Record for each state being reported.

.06 Refer to Part A, Sec. 17 for the requirements and conditions that MUST be met to file on this program.

                 RECORD NAME: STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "K".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2-7        Number of          6        REQUIRED. Enter the total

 

            Payees                      number of "B" Records being

 

                                        coded for this state.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero fill.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 8-10       Blank              3        Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

      REQUIRED. If any corresponding Payment Amount fields are present

 

 in the Payee "B" Records, accumulate into

 

 the appropriate Control Total fields. CONTROL TOTALS MUST BE RIGHT

 

 JUSTIFIED, AND UNUSED CONTROL TOTAL FIELDS MUST BE ZERO FILLED.

 

 Please note that all Control Total fields are 15 positions in length.

 

 

 11-25      Control            15

 

            Total 1

 

 26-40      Control            15

 

            Total 2

 

 41-55      Control            15

 

            Total 3

 

 56-70      Control            15

 

            Total 4

 

 71-85      Control            15

 

            Total 5

 

 86-100     Control            15

 

            Total 6

 

 101-115    Control            15

 

            Total 7

 

 116-130    Control            15

 

            Total 8

 

 131-145    Control            15

 

            Total 9

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 146-416    Blanks             271      Reserved for IRS use. Enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 417-418    Combined           2        REQUIRED. Enter the code

 

            Federal/                    assigned to the state which is

 

            State Code                  to receive the information.

 

                                        (Refer to Part A, Sec. 17

 

                                        Table 1.)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 419-420    Blank              2        Enter blanks, or carriage

 

                                        return/line feed (cr/lf)

 

                                        characters.

 

 

                STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SECTION 9. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

.01 THE END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD IS A FIXED RECORD LENGTH OF 420 POSITIONS. The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers in the entire file.

.02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record (or last "K" Record, when applicable) of the entire file.

              RECORD NAME: END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "F".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2-5        Number of          4        You may enter the total number

 

            "A" Records                 of Payer/Transmitter "A"

 

                                        Records in the entire file.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero fill or

 

                                        enter all zeros.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 6-30       Zero               25       Enter zeros.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 31-420     Blank              390      Enter blanks.

 

 

            END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

PART C. ELECTRONIC FILING SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

.01 Electronic filing of information returns is being offered by IRS/MCC as an alternative to magnetic media (tape or diskette) or paper filing, but is not a requirement. Electronic filing will fulfill the magnetic media requirements for those filers who are required to file magnetically. It may also be used by those payers who are under the filing threshold requirement, but would prefer to file their information returns this way. For Tax Year 1991, any Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W 2G, both originals and corrections, may be filed electronically.

.02 The electronic filing of information returns is not affiliated with the Form 1040 electronic filing program. These two programs are totally independent, and you must obtain separate approval to participate in each of them. All inquiries concerning the electronic filing of information returns should be directed to IRS/MCC. IRS/MCC personnel cannot answer questions or assist taxpayers in the filing of Form 1040 tax returns. Filers with questions of this nature will be directed to the Taxpayer Service toll-free number (1-800-829-1040) for assistance.

.03 There are two methods of filing information returns electronically. One method is to submit information returns through the Information Reporting Program Bulletin Board System (IRP-BBS) using asynchronous protocols. Another method of filing electronically is by using IBM 3780 bisynchronous protocols. Part A, Sec. 18 contains a definition of asynchronous and bisynchronous protocols. The specifications for both of these methods are given in this section. There are differences between these two methods of filing so please read this section carefully. Any questions on either of these filing methods can be directed to IRS/MCC.

.04 Filers participating in the electronic filing program for information returns will submit their returns to IRS/MCC by way of modems, and not through magnetic media or paper filing. After the file has been submitted electronically, Form 4804 must be sent within 2 days or by the due date of the return, whichever comes first.

.05 Filers who choose to file electronically will be granted, upon request, an extension of time to file for 60 days after the due date of the return being submitted. Part A, Sec. 11 explains procedures for requesting extensions of time. It is suggested, however, that filers transmit their data as soon as possible.

.06 The formats of the "A," "B," "C," "K," and "F" Records are the same for electronically filed records as they are for 5 1/4- and 3 1/2-inch diskettes. For electronically filed documents, each transmission is considered a separate file; therefore, each transmission MUST have an End of Transmission "F" Record.

SEC. 2. ELECTRONIC FILING APPROVAL PROCEDURE

.01 Filers who want to file electronically, but do not have a Transmitter Control Code (TCC) assigned to them, must submit Form 4419, Application for Filing Information Returns Magnetically/Electronically, prior to transmitting data.

.02 Filers who use IRP-BBS, and already have a TCC, assign their own passwords and do not need special approval.

.03 Filers using bisynchronous protocols must obtain an IRS/MCC-assigned password prior to submitting either test or actual data files. To obtain a password for bisynchronous filing, the following steps must be taken:

(a) Bisynchronous filers who already have a TCC must submit either Form 4419, or a letter, to indicate that they wish to file information returns electronically. Another TCC will NOT be assigned to current filers. If a letter is submitted, it must contain the following:

1) Name and address of transmitter.

2) Transmitter Control Code.

3) Name and phone number of a contact person within your organization to whom a password will be assigned.

(b) Within 30 days of receiving the application or letter, IRS/MCC will send Form 6086, TSO Password Assignment, to the filer which will contain the password to be used for electronic submissions.

(c) Upon receipt of Form 6086, the user (person who will actually transmit the data) will separate the acknowledgement from the password. Both the user and the user's manager MUST sign the acknowledgement and mail to:

     Chief, Security and Disclosure Branch

 

     IRS, Martinsburg Computing Center

 

     P.O. Box 1208

 

     Martinsburg, WV 25401

 

 

(d) THIS SIGNED ACKNOWLEDGEMENT MUST BE RECEIVED AT IRS/MCC PRIOR TO ANY DATA TRANSMISSIONS. The user or filer should retain a copy of the signed acknowledgement for their records. It is the user's responsibility to ensure that the password is not compromised. Access to IRS/MCC computers will not be allowed without a valid password. After a password is received and the acknowledgement returned, the filer may submit a data file.

(e) For security reasons, in August of each year, all bisynchronous passwords will be obsolete and filers who filed using this method will automatically receive a new password via Form 6086. If bisynchronous filing is to be used again, the filer must respond to IRS/MCC as specified in Part C, Sec. 2.03(c). If you have any questions relating to the security procedures, and/or you need to report that your password was compromised, contact IRS/MCC as soon as possible.

.04 With all passwords, either for IRP-BBS or bisynchronous protocols, it is the user's responsibility to (1) remember the password, and (2) not allow the password to be compromised.

SEC. 3. TEST FILES

.01 Filers transmitting directly to IRS/MCC are not required to submit a test file. The purpose of test files is to resolve any data or communication problems prior to the filing season. If you wish to submit an electronic test file for Tax Year 1991, it MUST be submitted to IRS/MCC between October 15, 1991, and January 15, 1992.

.02 If problems are encountered while transmitting your electronic test file, contact IRS/MCC for assistance.

.03 Filers who transmit their data using IRP-BBS can verify the status of their transmitted test data by calling the IRP-BBS. This information will be available within 48 hours after their original transmission is received by IRS/MCC.

.04 If bisynchronous protocols are used, you MUST obtain a password before submitting an electronic test file. Bisynchronous electronic test files will be processed and filers will be notified as to the acceptability of their data within 10 workdays of the date the data is received by IRS/MCC.

SEC. 4. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSIONS

.01 Electronically filed information may be submitted to IRS/MCC 7 days a week. Technical assistance will be available at IRS/MCC Monday through Friday between 8:30 AM and 4:30 PM Eastern Time Zone.

.02 Long transmissions of data may be interrupted by line noise problems. For this reason, IRS/MCC recommends that transmissions be limited to not longer than 1 1/2 hour duration.

.03 Actual information return data may be electronically transmitted to IRS/MCC between January 22 and December 15, 1992 (for Tax Year 1991 submissions). However, the due date(s) for electronically filed returns are not extended.

SEC. 5. TRANSMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

.01 All electronic files must be verified by transmittal Form 4804. Form 4804 can be ordered from IRS/MCC or it may be computer generated. If you choose to computer generate Form 4804, all of the information contained on the original form, including the affidavit, must also be contained on the computer generated form.

.02 Form 4804 must be submitted to IRS/MCC postmarked on or before the due date of the return, or within two (2) workdays of the electronic transmission, whichever is earlier. No return is considered filed until a completed Form 4804 is received by IRS/MCC.

.03 The filer whose TCC is used in the Payer/Transmitter "A" Record is responsible for submitting the transmittal Form 4804.

.04 Completed transmittal Forms 4804 should be mailed to the following addresses:

          If by Postal Service:

 

 

            IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

            ATTN: Electronic Filing Coordinator

 

            P.O. Box 1359

 

            Martinsburg, WV 25401-1359

 

 

          If by truck or air freight:

 

 

            IRS-Martinsburg Computing Center

 

            ATTN: Electronic Filing Coordinator

 

            Route 9 and Needy Road

 

            Martinsburg, WV 25401

 

 

.05 Form 4804 submitted for electronically filed information returns may be faxed to IRS/MCC at the following number: (304) 267-3366. Although faxed transmittals will be acceptable so that IRS/MCC can give you immediate verification of your files, you will need to follow up within two workdays of transmission with the actual signed original of Form 4804.

SEC. 6. INFORMATION REPORTING PROGRAM BULLETIN BOARD SYSTEM (IRP-BBS) SPECIFICATIONS

.01 The IRP-BBS is an electronic bulletin board system available to filers of information returns. IRP-BBS provides many expanded capabilities over other forms of submitting information returns to IRS/MCC. Some of the advantages of IRP-BBS are as follows:

1) Ability to submit information returns to the IRS/MCC via personal computer using dial-up modems.

2) Filer will be notified through IRP-BBS within 2 days as to the acceptability of the data transmitted.

3) Immediate access to the latest changes and updates that affect the Information Reporting Program at IRS/MCC (program, legislative, etc.).

4) Access to publications such as the Publication 1220 as soon as they are finalized by IRS personnel.

5) Capability to communicate with IRS/MCC personnel via the IRP-BBS.

6) Ability to retrieve information and files applicable to the IRP-BBS.

.02 The IRP-BBS is available for public use and accessible using various personal computer communications equipment. The capability to file information returns electronically, however, is limited to approved filers of information returns. Approved filers are holders of current Transmitter Control Codes (TCC) with IRS/MCC. If you are required to file information returns with IRS/MCC and do not have a TCC, you may obtain one by filing a Form 4419 with IRS/MCC.

.03 Filers using IRP-BBS can determine the acceptability of all files submitted via the IRP-BBS by checking the file status area of the bulletin board. These reports are not immediately available upon successful transmission of the file, but they will be available within 48 hours.

.04 IRP-BBS is accessible by dialing (304) 263-2749. The setup parameters for IRP-BBS are: 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit and full duplex mode.

.05 IRS publications such as Publication 1220 and the IRS/MCC Vendor List are available through the IRP-BBS as "downloadable" files. Using IRP-BBS as a means of obtaining information return related publications will provide faster access to these materials than waiting for materials to be mailed. Additionally, some publications such as Publication 1220 will be available from IRP-BBS much earlier than the printed version.

.06 Due to the large number of communications products available, it is impossible for IRS/MCC personnel to provide specific information on any given software package or hardware configuration. You may be able to receive assistance from your hardware or software provider.

.07 The IRP-BBS software provides a menu driven environment which allows filers to access different parts of IRP-BBS. Whenever possible, IRS/MCC personnel will provide assistance to filers in resolving any communication problems with IRP-BBS.

.08 IRP-BBS can be accessed at speeds up to 9600 bps. The modulation speed is automatically negotiated so that users with slower modems should encounter no problems connecting with IRP-BBS. The communication standards supported include 212A, V.22bis, and V.32. Point-to-point error control is supported using the V.42 standard with backward compatibility with MNP class 2-4 modems. Data compression is supported using V.42bis with MNP class 5 compatibility. Data compression will result in throughput speeds up to 38,400 bps.

.09 Data compression is encouraged for filers who are submitting their information returns by way of the IRP-BBS. Currently, IRS/MCC has the ability to decompress files created using several popular software compression programs. Software data compression can be done alone or in conjunction with V.42bis hardware compression. It has been shown that the size of files transmitted electronically can be reduced by as much as 80% when data compression is used. It is highly recommended that you use data compression when submitting information returns electronically.

SEC. 7. IBM 3780 BISYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATION SPECIFICATIONS

.01 Transmissions using IBM 3780 bisynchronous (BSC) protocols must be in EBCDIC character code. Modems must be compatible with either Bell 208B for 4800 bps transmissions, or AT&T 2296A for 9600 bps transmissions. Both modems are dial-up type modems using the Public Switched Telephone Network. IBM 3780 data compression is acceptable for any bisynchronous transmission.

.02 IRS/MCC will accept information returns filed electronically over switched telecommunications network circuits. For 4800 bps, the circuit will be (304) 267-0807. For 9600 bps, the circuit will be (304) 267-9572. Both of these circuits are equipped for bisynchronous (BSC) transmission, using the IBM 3780 protocol.

.03 The 4800 bps line terminates at an AT&T 208BR modem. The AT&T 208BR modem uses phase-shift keying and 8-phase modulation to transmit binary serial data signals over the telephone line in half-duplex mode. The following options have been selected:

          -Transmit Level set to -4 dBm

 

          -Compromise Equalizer in (4-dB Slope)

 

          -DSR off in Analog Loop Mode

 

          -Automatic Answer

 

          -Transmitter Internally Timed

 

          -RS-CS Interval of 50 ms

 

 

.04 The 9600 bps line terminates at an AT&T Dataphone II 2296A modem. The AT&T 2296A modem is a full-duplex, CCITT v.32 compatible unit which operates at 9600 bps or 4800 bps (fallback). The following options have been selected:

          -Receiver Responds to Remote Loopback

 

          -Loss-of-Carrier Disconnect

 

          -Received-Space Disconnect

 

          -Send-Space Disconnect

 

          -Automatic Answer

 

          -Answer on Ring 1

 

          -DTR Interlock

 

          -Retrain Enable

 

          -Internal Timing

 

          -CTS Controlled by RTS

 

          -0-1 ms RTS to CTS Delay

 

          -CTS Dependent on Carrier

 

          -RR Indicates Carrier

 

          -9600 Trellis Coding

 

          -4800 bps Fallback

 

          -4 dB Compromise Equalization

 

 

SEC. 8. BISYNCHRONOUS ELECTRONIC FILING RECORD SPECIFICATIONS

.01 For bisynchronous filing there are two additional identifier records which must be used to transmit data. These records are 420 positions in length, and are the first ($$REQUEST) and second ($$ADD) records sent in an electronic transmission. The purpose of these records is to provide the password and identity of the transmitter. The $$REQUEST, $$ADD and the data file should be transmitted as one file. In some cases, filers have attempted to send the $$REQUEST and $$ADD as separate files. Doing this will result in a failed transmission. The format of each of these records is as follows:

                        RECORD NAME: $$REQUEST

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1-20       $$REQUEST            20     Enter the following

 

            Identifier                  characters: $$REQUEST ID =

 

            Record                      MSGFILE MSGFILE is the file

 

                                        name that IRS software will

 

                                        attempt to  send a message to

 

                                        at the end of the

 

                                        transmission.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 21-420     Blank               400     Blank

 

 

     ELECTRONIC FILING IDENTIFIER $$REQUEST RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

                          RECORD NAME: $$ADD

 

 

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1-9        $$ADD                 9     Enter the following

 

            Identifier                  characters: $$ADD ID=

 

            Record

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 10-17      Password              8     Enter the password assigned by

 

                                        IRS/MCC. This password will be

 

                                        provided to you on Form 6086.

 

                                        For more information

 

                                        concerning the password, see

 

                                        Part C, Sec. 2.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 18         Blank                 1     Enter a blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 19-26      BATCHID               8     Enter the following

 

                                        characters: BATCHID =

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 27         Quote                 1     Enter a single quote (').

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 28-43      Transmitter          16     Enter the transmitter's name.

 

            Name                        Should remain consistent in

 

                                        all transmissions. If the

 

                                        transmitter's name exceeds 16

 

                                        positions, truncate the name.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 44         Type of File          1     Enter the Type of File

 

            Indicator                   Indicator from the list below:

 

                                        O = Original filing

 

                                        T = Test File

 

                                        C = Correction file

 

                                        R = Replacement file

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 45-51      Replacement           7     USE THIS FIELD ONLY IF THIS IS

 

            File Name                   A REPLACEMENT FILE. Enter the

 

                                        replacement file name which

 

                                        IRS/MCC has assigned to this

 

                                        file. This file name will be

 

                                        provided to you in the letter

 

                                        notifying you that a

 

                                        replacement file is necessary.

 

                                        If contact is made by

 

                                        telephone, the replacement

 

                                        file name will be given to you

 

                                        by IRS/MCC at that time. For

 

                                        other than replacement files,

 

                                        this field will contain

 

                                        blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 52         Quote                 1     Enter a single quote (')

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 53-420     Blanks              368     Enter blanks.

 

 

With the exception of these additional records, the file format for electronic filing is the same as for magnetic media filing.

.02 Upon making contact with IRS/MCC and furnishing a valid password in the $$ADD identifier record, a data transmission session will commence. The transmission will continue until an End of Transmission "F" Record is received. At the end of each transmission, the following message should be received electronically by the filer: "DATA RECEIVED AT MCC." If this message is not received, there may be a problem with your electronic submission, and you should contact IRS/MCC immediately. After this message is sent to the filer by IRS/MCC to indicate a successful transmission, the line will be disconnected.

.03 Upon receiving a data file and transmittal Form 4804, IRS/MCC will release the data for further processing. If the data is found to be unprocessable, the filer will be contacted by either letter or telephone and notified that the data must be re-transmitted. For re-transmitted files, the filer will be assigned a replacement file name to be used during the re-transmission. This file name will be provided by IRS/MCC either by letter or telephone, and is to be placed in positions 45-51 of the $$ADD record when the file is re-transmitted.

ELECTRONIC FILING IDENTIFIER $$ADD RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

PART D. SINGLE DENSITY DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

.01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure define the required format and contents of the records to be included in a single density diskette file and must be strictly adhered to unless deviations have been specifically granted by IRS.

.02 To be compatible, a single density diskette file must meet the following specifications in total:

(a) 8 inches in diameter.

(b) Recorded in EBCDIC.

(c) Contain 77 tracks of which:

(1) Track 0 is the index track (the operating system reserves track 0 for the directory information and writes the file name and location in the directory; data cannot be written in track 0).

(2) Tracks 1 through 73 are data tracks.

(3) Track 74 is unused.

(4) Tracks 75 and 76 are alternate data tracks.

(d) Each Track must contain 26 sectors.

(e) Each Sector must contain 128 bytes.

(f) Data must be recorded on only one side of the diskette.

(g) IRS can process single sided, single density, soft sectored diskettes as well as double sided, double density, soft sectored diskettes. Part E provides specifications for double density diskettes which have sectors of 256 bytes.

(h) An IBM 5360 compatible diskette would meet the above specifications.

(i) Hard sectored diskettes are not compatible.

(j) A diskette should be clearly marked as to type of data (single sided/single density), and the entire file should consist of all single sided/single density diskettes.

.03 Payers who can substantially conform to these specifications, but require some minor deviations, MUST contact IRS/MCC. Diskettes deviating from the specifications in this revenue procedure must not be submitted without prior approval from IRS.

.04 Form 5064, Media Label, must be affixed to each diskette submitted for processing. The following information is needed:

(a) The transmitter's name.

(b) The five character alpha/numeric Transmitter Control Code (TCC).

(c) The tax year of the data (i.e., 1991).

(d) Operating system/software and hardware.

(e) Document types (e.g., 1098, 5498, 1099-INT, 1099 DIV, 1099-MISC, etc.).

(f) The total number of "B" Records on the diskette.

(g) An in-house volume serial number assigned by the transmitter to the diskette, if applicable. (This is optional for those organizations which assign their own numbers to their media.) If you do not assign media numbers, leave this blank.

(h) The sequence of each diskette (e.g., 001 of 008; 002 of 008, etc.). However, if your file is complete on one diskette (ends with an "F" Record) the sequence will be 001 of 001. The information on the external label, Form 5064, will assist IRS in processing the file, or in locating a file if the transmitter requests its return due to errors.

SEC. 2. DISKETTE HEADER LABEL

The following header label format applies to both single and double density diskettes.

The header label on the diskette must be located in track 0, sector 8 and must be formatted as shown in the following layout. If your system automatically creates a header label, this is not necessary. If the file will consist of multiple diskettes, the Multi-Volume indicator in the diskette header label must contain a "C".

[Editor's note: Pictorial Record Layouts depicting specifications discussed in Part "D" have been omitted. These illustrations are not suitable for electronic reproduction.]

SEC. 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

.01 The Payer/Transmitter "A" Record identifies the payer and transmitter of the diskette and provides parameters for the succeeding Payee "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.

.02 The number of "A" Records appearing on a diskette will depend on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. The payment amounts for one payer for one type of return must be consolidated under one "A" Record if submitted on the same file.

.03 Do not submit separate "A" Records for each payment amount being reported. For example, if you are filing Form 1099 DIV to report Amount Codes 1, 2, and 3, all three amount codes must be reported under one "A" Record, not three separate "A" Records. For "B" Records that do not contain payment amounts for all three amount codes, enter zeros for those which have no amount to be reported.

.04 After the header label on the diskette, the first record appearing in the file must be an "A" Record. When a single density diskette is used each "A" Record will consist of at least 2 sectors of 128 positions each; however, if you are transmitting for someone other than yourself, 4 sectors are required.

.05 A transmitter may include Payee "B" Records for more than one payer on a diskette; however, each GROUP of "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record.

.06 A single diskette may also contain different types of returns, but the returns MUST NOT be intermingled. A separate "A" Record is required for each payer and each type of return being reported. IRS will accept an "A" Record after a "C" Record.

.07 All alpha characters entered in the "A" Record should be uppercase.

.08 WHEN REPORTING FORM 1098, MORTGAGE INTEREST STATEMENT, THE "A" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST (THE FILER). THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST (BORROWER/PAYER OF RECORD) AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

               RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

 

 NOTE: For all fields marked REQUIRED, you must provide the

 

 information described under Description and Remarks. For fields not

 

 marked REQUIRED, you must allow for the field but may be instructed

 

 to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated diskette position(s).

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title       Length    Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record             1        REQUIRED. Must be a "1". It is

 

            Sequence                    used to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up a "A" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "A."

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-4        Payment Year       2        REQUIRED. Enter "91."

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 5-7        Diskette           3        Sequence number assigned by

 

            Sequence                    the transmitter to each

 

            Number                      diskette starting with 001.

 

                                        (You may choose to enter

 

                                        blanks or zeros in this field.

 

                                        IRS bypasses this

 

                                        information.) You must

 

                                        indicate the proper sequence

 

                                        on the external label Form

 

                                        5064.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 8-16       Payer's            9        REQUIRED. Must be the valid

 

            TIN                         9-digit number assigned to the

 

                                        payer by IRS. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        BLANKS, HYPHENS, ALPHA

 

                                        CHARACTERS, ALL 9's OR ALL

 

                                        ZEROS. For foreign

 

                                        corporations not required to

 

                                        have a TIN, this field may

 

                                        be left blank. Foreign

 

                                        corporations should have the

 

                                        Foreign Corporation Indicator

 

                                        set to "1" in position 50 of

 

                                        the "A" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 17-20      Payer Name         4        The Payer Name Control can be

 

            Control                     obtained from the mail label

 

                                        on the Package 1099 which is

 

                                        mailed to most payers on

 

                                        record each December. To

 

                                        distinguish between the

 

                                        Package 1099 and the Magnetic

 

                                        Media Reporting (MMR) package,

 

                                        the Package 1099 contains

 

                                        instructions for paper filing

 

                                        only, and the mail label on

 

                                        the package contains a four

 

                                        (4) character NAME CONTROL.

 

                                        The MMR package contains

 

                                        instructions for filing

 

                                        magnetically/electronically

 

                                        only, and the mail label DOES

 

                                        NOT contain a name control.

 

                                        Names of less than four (4)

 

                                        characters should be

 

                                        left-justified, filling the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        If you have not received a

 

                                        Package 1099 or you do not

 

                                        know your Payer Name Control,

 

                                        this field should be blank

 

                                        filled.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 21         Blank              1        Enter blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 22         Combined Federal/  1        FORMS 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B,

 

            State Filer                 1099-S AND W-2G CANNOT BE

 

                                        FILED ON THIS PROGRAM.

 

 

                                        Enter "1" if participating in

 

                                        the Combined Federal/State

 

                                        Filing Program; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blank. Refer to Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 17, for details.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 23         Type of            1        REQUIRED. Enter appropriate

 

            Return                      code from table below:

 

                                        Type of Return          Code

 

                                        1098                    3

 

                                        1099-A                  4

 

                                        1099-B                  B

 

                                        1099-DIV                1

 

                                        1099-G                  F

 

                                        1099-INT                6

 

                                        1099-MISC               A

 

                                        1099-OID                D

 

                                        1099-PATR               7

 

                                        1099-R                  9

 

                                        1099-S                  S

 

 

                                        5498                    L

 

                                        W-2G                    W

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 24-32      Amount             9        REQUIRED. In most cases, the

 

            Indicators                  box numbers on paper

 

                                        information returns correspond

 

                                        with the amount codes used to

 

                                        file magnetically/

 

                                        electronically. However, if

 

                                        discrepancies occur, the

 

                                        instructions in this revenue

 

                                        procedure govern. For a

 

                                        detailed explanation of the

 

                                        information to be reported in

 

                                        each Amount Code, refer to the

 

                                        1991 "Instructions for Forms

 

                                        1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G,"

 

                                        included in your magnetic

 

                                        media reporting package.

 

 

                                        The amount indicators entered

 

                                        for a given type of return

 

                                        indicate type(s) of payment(s)

 

                                        which were made. For each

 

                                        Amount Code entered in this

 

                                        field, a corresponding Payment

 

                                        Amount must appear in the "B"

 

                                        Record.

 

 

                                        EXAMPLE: If Sector 1, position

 

                                        23 of the "A" Record is "7"

 

                                        (for 1099-PATR) and positions

 

                                        24-32 are "247bbbbbb",

 

                                        (b = blanks), this indicates

 

                                        that you will be reporting 3

 

                                        actual Payment Amounts in all

 

                                        of the following "B" Records.

 

                                        The first Payment Amount field

 

                                        in the "B" Record will be all

 

                                        "0" (zeros); the second will

 

                                        represent Nonpatronage

 

                                        distributions; the third will

 

                                        be all "0" (zeros); the fourth

 

                                        will represent Federal income

 

                                        tax withheld; the fifth and

 

                                        sixth will be all "0" (zeros);

 

                                        the seventh will represent

 

                                        Energy investment credit;

 

                                        and, the eighth and ninth will

 

                                        be all "0" (zeros). Enter the

 

                                        Amount Indicators in ASCENDING

 

                                        SEQUENCE (i.e., 247bbbbbb,

 

                                        b = blanks) left-justify,

 

                                        filling unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. For further

 

                                        clarification of the Amount

 

                                        Indicator codes, contact

 

                                        IRS/MCC.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Mortgage

 

 Indicators                             Interest Received from

 

 Form 1098 -                            Payer(s)/Borrower(s) (Payer

 

 Mortgage                               of Record) on Form 1098:

 

 Interest                               Amount

 

 Statement                              Code    Amount Type

 

                                        1       Mortgage interest

 

                                                received from

 

                                                payer(s)/borrower(s)

 

                                        2       Points paid directly

 

                                                by payer(s)/

 

                                                borrower(s) on

 

                                                purchase of principal

 

                                                residences.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting the Acquisition

 

 Indicators                             or Abandonment of Secured

 

 Form 1099-A -                          Property on Form 1099-A:

 

 Acquisition or                         Amount

 

 Abandonment of                         Code    Amount Type

 

 Secured Property                       2       Balance of principal

 

                                                outstanding

 

                                        3       Gross foreclosure

 

                                                proceeds

 

                                        4       Appraisal value

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             1099-B:

 

 Form 1099-B -                          Amount

 

 Proceeds from                          Code     Amount Type

 

 Broker and Barter                      2        Stocks, bonds, etc.

 

 Exchange                                        (For Forward

 

 Transactions                                    Contracts see Note.)

 

                                        3        Bartering (Do not

 

                                                 report negative

 

                                                 amounts.)

 

                                        4        Federal income tax

 

                                                 withheld (Backup

 

                                                 Withholding)

 

                                        6        Profit (or loss)

 

                                                 realized in 1991

 

 

                                        7        Unrealized profit (or

 

                                                 loss) on open

 

                                                 contracts - 12/31/90

 

                                        8        Unrealized profit (or

 

                                                 loss) on open

 

                                                 contracts - 12/31/91

 

                                        9        Aggregate profit (or

 

                                                 loss)

 

 

 NOTE: The Payment Amount field associated with Amount Code 2 may be

 

 used to represent a loss when the reporting is for Forward Contracts.

 

 Refer to "B" Record - General Field Descriptions, Payment Amount

 

 Fields, for instructions on reporting negative amounts. Do not report

 

 negative amounts for Amount Codes 3 and 4.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             1099-DIV:

 

 Form 1099-DIV -                        Amount

 

 Dividends and                          Code    Amount Type

 

 Distributions                          1       Gross dividends and

 

                                                other distributions on

 

                                                stock (see Note)

 

                                        2       Ordinary dividends

 

                                                (see Note)

 

                                        3       Capital gain

 

                                                distributions (see

 

                                                Note)

 

                                        4       Nontaxable

 

                                                distributions (if

 

                                                determinable) (see

 

                                                Note)

 

                                        5       Investment expenses

 

                                                (see Note)

 

                                        6       Federal income tax

 

                                                withheld (Backup

 

                                                Withholding)

 

                                        7       Foreign tax paid

 

                                        8       Cash liquidation

 

                                                distributions

 

                                        9       Noncash liquidation

 

                                                distributions (show

 

                                                fair market value)

 

 

 NOTE: Amount Code 1 MUST equal the sum of amounts reported in Amount

 

 Codes 2, 3, 4 and 5.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             1099-G:

 

 Form 1099-G -                          Amount

 

 Certain Government                     Code    Amount Type

 

 Payments                               1       Unemployment

 

                                                compensation

 

                                        2       State or local income

 

                                                tax refunds, credits

 

                                                or offsets

 

                                        4       Federal income tax

 

                                                withheld (Backup

 

                                                Withholding)

 

                                        5       Discharge of

 

                                                indebtedness

 

                                        6       Taxable grants

 

                                        7       Agriculture payments

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             1099-INT:

 

 Form 1099-INT -                        Amount

 

 Interest Income                        Code    Amount Type

 

                                        1       Interest income not

 

                                                included in Amount

 

                                                Code 3

 

                                        2       Early withdrawal

 

                                                penalty

 

                                        3       Interest on U.S.

 

                                                Savings Bonds and

 

                                                Treasury obligations

 

                                        4       Federal Income Tax

 

                                                withheld (Backup

 

                                                Withholding)

 

                                        5       Foreign tax paid

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             1099-MISC:

 

 Form                                   Amount

 

 1099-MISC -                            Code    Amount Type

 

 Miscellaneous                          1       Rents

 

 Income                                 2       Royalties (see Note 1)

 

                                        3       Prizes, awards, etc.

 

                                        4       Federal income tax

 

                                                withheld (Backup

 

                                                Withholding)

 

                                        5       Fishing boat proceeds

 

                                        6       Medical and health

 

                                                care payments

 

                                        7       Nonemployee

 

                                                compensation or Crop

 

                                                Insurance Proceeds or

 

                                                Excess Golden

 

                                                Parachute Payments

 

                                                (see Note 2)

 

                                        8       Substitute payments in

 

 

                                                lieu of dividends or

 

                                                interest

 

                                        9       Direct sales

 

                                                "indicator" (see Note

 

                                                3)

 

 

 NOTE 1: Do not report timber royalties under a "pay-as-cut" contract;

 

 these should be reported on Form 1099-S.

 

 

 NOTE 2: Amount Code "7" is normally used to report Nonemployee

 

 Compensation. However, Amount Code "7" may also be used to report

 

 Crop Insurance proceeds or Excess Golden Parachute Payments. See

 

 positions 5-6 of the "B" Record for instructions. If Nonemployee

 

 Compensation, Crop Insurance Proceeds, and Excess Golden Parachute

 

 Payment are being paid to the same payee, a separate "B" Record for

 

 each transaction is required.

 

 

 NOTE 3: Use Amount Code "9" to report sales by you of $5,000 or more

 

 of consumer products to a person on a buy-sell, deposit-commission,

 

 or any other commission basis for resale anywhere other than in a

 

 permanent retail establishment.

 

 

 Refer to the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and

 

 W-2G," for specific instructions. Amount Code "9" actually reflects

 

 an indicator of direct sales of $5,000 or more and is not an actual

 

 payment amount. The corresponding payment amount field in the Payee

 

 "B" Record MUST be 0000000100 to reflect direct sales of $5,000 or

 

 more. This does not mean that a payment of $1.00 was made or is being

 

 reported.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicator                              1099-OID:

 

 Form 1099-OID -                        Amount

 

 Original Issue                         Code    Amount Type

 

 Discount                               1       Original issue

 

                                                discount for 1991

 

                                        2       Other periodic

 

                                                interest

 

                                        3       Early withdrawal

 

                                                penalty

 

                                        4       Federal income tax

 

                                                withheld (Backup

 

                                                Withholding)

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             1099-PATR:

 

 Form 1099-PATR -                       Amount

 

 Taxable                                Code    Amount Type

 

 Distributions                          1       Patronage dividends

 

 Received From                          2       Nonpatronage

 

 Cooperatives                                   distributions

 

                                        3       Per-unit retain

 

                                                allocations

 

                                        4       Federal income tax

 

                                                withheld (Backup

 

                                                Withholding)

 

                                        5       Redemption of

 

                                                nonqualified notices

 

                                                and retain allocations

 

                                        6       Investment credit (see

 

                                                Note)

 

                                        7       Energy investment

 

                                                credit (see Note)

 

                                        8       Jobs credit (see Note)

 

                                        9       Low-income housing

 

                                                credit (see Note)

 

 

 NOTE: The amounts shown for Amount Indicators 6, 7, 8 and 9 must be

 

 reported to the payee; however, they need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             1099-R:

 

 Form 1099-R                            Amount

 

 (Replaces Form W-2P)                   Code    Amount Type

 

 (See Note 1)                           1       Gross distribution

 

 Distributions                                  (see Note 2)

 

 From Pensions, Annuities,              2       Taxable amount (see

 

 Retirement or Profit-                          Note 3)

 

 Sharing Plans,                         3       Amount in Amount Code

 

 IRAs, Insurance Contracts                      2 eligible for capital

 

 etc.                                           gain election

 

                                        4       Federal income tax

 

                                                withheld (see Note 4)

 

                                        5       Employee contributions

 

                                                or insurance premiums

 

                                        6       Net unrealized

 

                                                appreciation in

 

                                                employer's securities

 

                                        8       Other

 

                                        9       State income tax

 

                                                withheld (see Note 5)

 

 

 NOTE 1: Additional information may be required in the "B" Record for

 

 some filers of Form 1099-R. Refer to positions 45 thru 49 of the "B"

 

 Record.

 

 

 NOTE 2: If the payment shown for Amount Code 1 is a total

 

 distribution, enter a "1" in position 48 of the "B" Record.

 

 

 NOTE 3: If a distribution is a loss, do not enter a negative amount.

 

 

 For example, if stock is distributed but the value is less then the

 

 employee's after-tax contribution, enter the value of the stock in

 

 Amount Code 1, enter zero (0) in Amount Code 2, and enter the

 

 employee's contribution in Amount Code 5.

 

 

 If taxable amount cannot be determined, enter a "1" in position 49 of

 

 the "B" Record.

 

 

 NOTE 4: See the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and

 

 W-2G" for further information concerning the definition of Federal

 

 Income Tax Withheld for Form 1099-R.

 

 

 NOTE 5: State income tax withheld has been added for the convenience

 

 of the payer but need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             1099-S:

 

 Form 1099-S -                          Amount

 

 Proceeds from                          Code    Amount Type

 

 Real estate                            2       Gross Proceeds (see

 

 Transactions                                   Note)

 

 

 NOTE: Report payments of TIMBER royalties made under a "pay-as-cut"

 

 contract here. If timber royalties are being reported, enter "TIMBER"

 

 in the description field of the "B" Record. For more information, see

 

 Ann. 90-129, 1990-48 I.R.B. 10.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             5498:

 

 Form 5498 -                            Amount

 

 Individual                             Code    Amount Type

 

 Retirement                             1       Regular IRA

 

 Arrangement                                    contributions made in

 

 Information                                    1991 and 1992 for 1991

 

 (See Note)                             2       Rollover IRA

 

                                                contributions

 

                                        3       Life insurance cost

 

                                                included in Amount

 

                                                Code 1

 

                                        4       Fair market value of

 

                                                the account

 

 

 NOTE: Form 5498 is filed for each person for whom you maintained an

 

 individual retirement arrangement (IRA) (including an Individual

 

 Retirement Arrangement maintained as part of a simplified employee

 

 pension (SEP)) during 1991. Amount Code 4 represents the value of the

 

 account. Trustees and issuers of IRAs and SEPs must report the value

 

 of accounts in existence during the year, even if no contributions

 

 were made during the year. However, if a total distribution was made

 

 from an IRA on the last day of the year and no contributions were

 

 made for that year, you need not file Form 5498 to reflect that the

 

 fair market value on December 31 was zero. Do not report employer SEP

 

 contributions on Form 5498; however, you must report the value of a

 

 SEP account. For an IRA, use all applicable Amount Codes. If no IRA

 

 contributions were made for 1991, you will use only Amount Code 4.

 

 Only IRA contributions to be applied to 1991 that are made between

 

 January 1, 1991, and April 15, 1992, are to be reported in Amount

 

 Code 1.

 

 

 For information concerning Inherited-IRA reporting, see the 1991

 

 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" and

 

 Rev. Proc. 89-52, 1989-2 C.B. 632. Beneficiary

 

 information must be given in the Payee Name Line of the "B" Record.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             W-2G:

 

 Form W-2G -                            Amount

 

 Certain Gambling                       Code    Amount Type

 

 Winnings                               1       Gross winnings

 

                                        2       Federal income tax

 

                                                withheld

 

                                        3       State income tax

 

                                                withheld (see Note)

 

                                        7       Winnings from

 

                                                identical wagers

 

 

 NOTE: State income tax withheld has been added for the convenience of

 

 the payer but need not be reported to IRS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 33         Test/                 1     REQUIRED. Enter "T" if TEST

 

            Correction                  file. Enter "C" if CORRECTION

 

            Indicator                   file. Enter blank if original

 

                                        submission OR original

 

                                        submission that has been

 

                                        returned by IRS/MCC for

 

                                        replacement. Refer to Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 12.04 to distinguish

 

                                        between correction and

 

                                        replacement.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 34         Service               1     REQUIRED. Enter "1" if you

 

            Bureau                      used a Service Bureau to

 

            Indicator                   develop and/or transmit your

 

                                        files; otherwise leave blank.

 

                                        See Part A, Sec. 18 for the

 

                                        definition of a Service

 

                                        Bureau.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 35-44      Blank                 8     Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

 45-49      Transmitter           5     REQUIRED. Enter the five

 

            Control Code                character alpha/numeric

 

            (TCC)                       Transmitter Control Code

 

                                        assigned by IRS. You must have

 

                                        a TCC to file data on this

 

                                        program. DO NOT ENTER MORE

 

                                        THAN ONE TCC PER FILE.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 50         Foreign               1     Enter a "1" if the payer is a

 

            Corporation                 foreign corporation and income

 

            Indicator                   is paid by the corporation to

 

                                        a U.S. resident from sources

 

                                        outside of the United States.

 

                                        (See Part A, Sec. 18 for the

 

                                        definition of a Foreign

 

                                        Corporation.) If the payer is

 

                                        not a Foreign Corporation,

 

                                        enter a blank. See Note.

 

 

 NOTE: Some filers are submitting their files with a "1" coded in

 

 Position 50 in all of the records contained on the file, whether the

 

 payer is a foreign corporation or not. Records that are coded as

 

 foreign corporations are processed differently than those that are

 

 coded with a blank in Position 50. If your program automatically

 

 codes a "1" in Position 50, all of the records on your file will be

 

 processed as foreign corporations. If you erroneously report

 

 corporations as foreign, you may be subject to a penalty for

 

 providing incorrect information to IRS. Therefore, be sure to code

 

 only those records as foreign corporations that should be coded as

 

 such.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 51-90      First                40     REQUIRED. Enter the name of

 

            Payer Name                  the payer whose TIN appears in

 

                                        Sector 1, position 8-16, in

 

                                        the manner in which it was

 

                                        used when the TIN was

 

                                        acquired. Any extraneous

 

                                        information must be deleted

 

                                        from the name line. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill with blanks.

 

                                        (Do not enter the Transfer

 

                                        Agent's name in this field.

 

                                        The Transfer Agent's name

 

                                        should appear in the Second

 

                                        Payer Name field.)

 

 

 NOTE: When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A"

 

 Record will reflect the name and EIN of the recipient of the interest

 

 (the filer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the

 

 interest (the payer of record) and the amount paid. For Form 1099-S,

 

 the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the

 

 transaction and the "B" Record will reflect the seller.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 91-128     Blank                38     Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "A".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-42       Second               40     The contents of this field are

 

            Payer Name                  dependent upon the TRANSFER

 

                                        AGENT INDICATOR in Sector 2,

 

                                        position 43 of this record. If

 

                                        the Transfer Agent Indicator

 

                                        contains a "1", this field

 

                                        must contain the name of the

 

                                        Transfer Agent. If the

 

                                        Transfer Agent Indicator

 

                                        contains a "0" (zero), this

 

                                        field must contain either a

 

                                        continuation of the First

 

                                        Payer Name field or blanks.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. IF NO

 

                                        ENTRIES ARE PRESENT FOR THIS

 

                                        FIELD, FILL WITH BLANKS. (See

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 18 for a

 

                                        definition of Transfer Agent.)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 43         Transfer              1     REQUIRED. Identifies the

 

            Agent                       entity in the Second Payer

 

            Indicator                   Name field. (See Part A, Sec.

 

                                        8 for a definition of Transfer

 

                                        Agent.)

 

 

                                        Code      Meaning

 

                                        1         The entity in the

 

                                                  Second Payer Name

 

                                                  field is the

 

                                                  Transfer Agent.

 

                                        0 (zero)  The entity shown is

 

                                                  not the Transfer

 

                                                  Agent (i.e., the

 

 

                                                  Second Payer Name

 

                                                  field contains

 

                                                  either a

 

                                                  continuation of the

 

                                                  First Payer Name

 

                                                  field or blanks).

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 44-83      Payer                40     REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

            Shipping                    AGENT INDICATOR in Sector 2,

 

            Address                     position 43 is a "1," enter

 

                                        the shipping address of the

 

                                        Transfer Agent. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter the ACTUAL shipping

 

                                        address of the payer. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 84-123     Payer City,          40     REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

            State and                   AGENT INDICATOR in Sector 2,

 

            ZIP Code                    position 43 of this Record is

 

                                        a "1," enter the City, Town,

 

                                        or Post Office, State and ZIP

 

                                        Code of the Transfer Agent.

 

                                        Otherwise, enter the City,

 

                                        Town, or Post Office, State

 

                                        and ZIP Code of the payer.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 124-128    Blank                 5     Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 3    Sectors 3 and 4 are only required if the payer and

 

                    transmitter are not the same.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record                1     REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type           1     REQUIRED. Enter "A".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-82       Transmitter          80     REQUIRED. (Only if payer and

 

            Name                        transmitter are not the same.)

 

                                        Enter the name of the

 

                                        transmitter in the manner in

 

                                        which it is used in normal

 

                                        business. The name of the

 

                                        transmitter must be reported

 

                                        in the same manner throughout

 

                                        the entire file. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill with blanks. If the

 

                                        payer and transmitter are the

 

                                        same, enter blanks in this

 

                                        field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 83-122     Transmitter          40     REQUIRED. (Only if payer and

 

            Mailing                     transmitter are not the same.)

 

            Address                     Enter the mailing address of

 

                                        transmitter. Street address

 

                                        should include number, street,

 

                                        apartment or suite number (or

 

                                        P.O. Box if mail is not

 

                                        delivered to street address).

 

                                        Left-justify and fill with

 

                                        blanks. If the payer and

 

                                        transmitter are the same,

 

                                        enter blanks in this field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 123-128    Blank                 6     Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 4   Sectors 3 and 4 are only required if the payer and

 

                     transmitter are not the same.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record             1        REQUIRED. Must be a "4". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "A".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-42       Transmitter        40       REQUIRED. (Only if the payer

 

            City, State                 and transmitter are not the

 

            and ZIP Code                same.) Enter the City, Town,

 

                                        or Post Office, State and ZIP

 

                                        Code of the transmitter.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill with

 

                                        blanks. If the payer and

 

                                        transmitter are the same,

 

                                        enter blanks in this field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 43-128     Blank              86       Enter blanks.

 

 

SECTION 4. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 5 PAYEE "B" RECORD - GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS

.01 This section contains the general information concerning the Payee "B" Record for all information returns filed on single sided/single density soft-sectored diskettes. For a detailed description of the record refer to the following in Part D:

(a) Sec. 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

(b) Sec. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

(c) Sec. 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A.

(d) Sec. 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B.

(e) Sec. 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID.

(f) Sec. 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S.

(g) Sec. 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G.

For tax year 1991 data, all "B" Records will consist of at least 3 sectors of 128 positions each. If you are not a Combined Federal/State filer or if you are not utilizing the Special Data Entries field, Sector 4 can be eliminated for Forms 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, and 5498.

The "B" Record will always consist of 4 Sectors for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, and W-2G.

In the "A" Record, the Amount Indicators that appear in diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 will be left-justified and blank filled. In the "B" Record, allow for all nine payment amount fields. For those fields not used, enter zeros. For example, if you are reporting on Form 1099-PATR, enter a "7" in diskette position 23 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record, Type of Return field. If you are reporting payments for Amount Codes 2, 4, and 7, then diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record will be "247bbbbbb" (b = blanks). In the "B" Record:

Positions 52 through 61 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 1 will be zeros.

Positions 62-71 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Non-patronage distributions."

Positions 72-81 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 3 will be zeros.

Positions 82-91 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Federal income tax withheld."

Positions 92-111 of Sector 1 for Payment Amounts 5 and 6 will be zeros.

Positions 112-121 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Energy investment credit."

Positions 3-22 of Sector 2 for Payment Amounts 8 and 9 will be zeros.

.02 The record layout for Sectors 1, 2 and 3 will be the same for all "B" records. Sector 4, however, will be different for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G. Refer to Part D, Sec. 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12, respectively for the layout of Sector 4 of these records.

.03 The following specifications include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four characters of the payee's surname or last name are to be entered by the payers.

.04 If payers are unable to determine the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank; however, compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the Name Control.

(a) The surname of the payee whose SSN is shown in the "B" Record should always appear first. If, however, you enter the first name first, you must leave a blank space between the first and last names.

(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the "B" Record must be present in the First Payee Name field. Surnames of any other payees in the record may be entered in the Second Payee Name field.

.05 A field is also provided in these specifications for Special Data Entries. This field may be used to record information required by state or local governments or for the filer's own personal use. IRS does not use the data provided in the Special Data Entries field; therefore, the IRS program does not check the content or format of the data entered in this field. It is the filer's choice whether or not this field is used. If this field is coded, it will not affect the processing of the "B" Records.

.06 Those filers participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program must adhere to specifications in Part A, Sec. 17, in order to participate in this program. FORMS 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-S AND W-2G CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

.07 All alpha characters entered in the "B" Record should be uppercase.

.08 Do not use decimal points (.) to indicate dollars and cents, e.g., 0000001000 for $10.00.

.09 IRS STRONGLY ENCOURAGES FILERS TO REVIEW THEIR DATA FOR ACCURACY BEFORE SUBMISSION TO PREVENT ISSUANCE OF ERRONEOUS NOTICES TO PERSONS FOR WHOM REPORTS ARE FILED. FILERS SHOULD BE ESPECIALLY CAREFUL THAT THEIR NAMES, TINS, ACCOUNT NUMBERS, TYPES OF INCOME, AND INCOME AMOUNTS ARE CORRECT.

.10 When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A" Record will reflect the name and EIN of the recipient of the interest (the filer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the interest (the borrower/payer of record) and the amount paid. For Forms 1099-S, the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the transaction. The "B" Record will reflect the seller.

SEC. 6 PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G

For Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, and W-2G, see Part D Sec. 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12, respectively for the field descriptions and record layouts for Sector 4 of these records.

NOTE: For all fields marked REQUIRED, you must provide the information described under Description and Remarks. For those fields not marked REQUIRED, you must allow for the field but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated position(s) and for the indicated length.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "1". It is

 

                                        used to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up a PAYEE Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B."

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-4        Payment Year       2        REQUIRED. Enter "91."

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 5-6        Document Specific  2        REQUIRED for Forms 1099-G,

 

            Code                        1099-MISC, 1099-R and W-2G.

 

                                        FOR ALL OTHER FORMS, OR IF NOT

 

                                        USED, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

            Tax Year of Refund          For Form 1099-G, use only for

 

            (Form 1099-G only)          reporting the tax year for

 

                                        which the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset was issued. Enter in

 

                                        position 5; position 6 will be

 

                                        blank.

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset is not attributable to

 

                                        income tax from a trade or

 

                                        business, enter the NUMERIC

 

                                        year from the table below for

 

                                        which the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset was issued (e.g., for

 

                                        1990, enter 0).

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset is exclusively

 

                                        attributable to income from a

 

                                        trade or business, and is not

 

                                        of general application, enter

 

                                        the ALPHA equivalent of the

 

                                        year from the table below

 

                                        (e.g., for 1990, enter J).

 

 

                                        Year for Which  Year for Which

 

                                        GENERAL Refund  TRADE/BUSINESS

 

                                         was Issued       Refund was

 

                                                         Issued (Alpha

 

                                                          Equivalent)

 

                                               1               A

 

                                               2               B

 

                                               3               C

 

                                               4               D

 

                                               5               E

 

                                               6               F

 

                                               7               G

 

                                               8               H

 

                                               9               I

 

                                               0               J

 

 

            Crop Insurance              For Form 1099-MISC, position 5

 

            Proceeds or                 is used to indicate Crop

 

            Excess Golden               Insurance Proceeds or Excess

 

            Parachute Payments          Golden Parachute Payments.

 

            (Form 1099-MISC             Position 6 will be blank.

 

            only)

 

                                        Enter "1" in position 5 if the

 

                                        payment amount reported for

 

                                        Amount Code 7 is Crop

 

                                        Insurance Proceeds. Position 6

 

                                        will be blank.

 

 

                                        Enter "2" in position 5 if the

 

                                        payment amount reported for

 

                                        Amount Code 7 is an Excess

 

                                        Golden Parachute Payment.

 

                                        Position 6 will be blank.

 

 

            Distribution Code           For Form 1099-R, enter the

 

            (Form 1099-R only)          appropriate Distribution

 

 

                                        Code(s). More than one code

 

                                        may apply for Form 1099-R;

 

                                        however, if only one code is

 

                                        required, it must be entered

 

                                        in position 5. Position 6 will

 

                                        be blank. You MUST enter at

 

                                        least one (1) Distribution

 

                                        Code for Form 1099-R. BLANKS

 

                                        in BOTH positions 5 and 6 are

 

                                        NOT acceptable.

 

 

                                        Enter the applicable code from

 

                                        the table that follows. A "0"

 

                                        (zero) is not a valid code for

 

                                        Form 1099 R. Position 5 must

 

                                        contain a numeric code in all

 

                                        cases except when using "P" or

 

                                        "D". Distribution Code A, B or

 

                                        C must be entered in position

 

                                        6 with the applicable numeric

 

                                        code in position 5.

 

 

                                        When using Code P for an IRA

 

                                        distribution under section

 

                                        408(d) (4) of the Internal

 

                                        Revenue Code, you may also

 

                                        enter Code 1, if it applies.

 

                                        If you are reporting a total

 

                                        distribution from a plan that

 

                                        includes a distribution of a

 

                                        DEC, you must report two

 

                                        separate "B" Records: one to

 

                                        report the distribution of

 

                                        DEC's; the other to report the

 

                                        distribution from the other

 

                                        part of the plan.

 

 

                                        In addition, if more than one

 

                                        numeric code is applicable to

 

                                        different parts of a

 

                                        distribution, report two

 

                                        separate "B" Records.

 

 

                                        Category                  Code

 

                                        Early (premature)        1 /*/

 

                                         distribution, no known

 

                                         exception

 

                                        Early (premature)        2 /*/

 

                                         distribution, exception

 

                                         applies (as defined in

 

                                         Section 72(q), (t), or

 

                                         (v) of the Internal

 

                                         Revenue Code) other

 

                                         than disability or

 

                                         death

 

                                        Disability               3 /*/

 

                                        Death (includes payments 4 /*/

 

                                         to a beneficiary)

 

                                        Prohibited transaction   5 /*/

 

                                        Section 1035 Exchange    6

 

                                        Normal distribution      7 /*/

 

                                        Excess contributions

 

                                         plus earnings/excess    8 /*/

 

                                         deferrals (and/or

 

                                         earnings) taxable in

 

                                         1991

 

                                        PS 58 Costs              9

 

                                        Excess contributions

 

                                         plus earnings/excess    P /*/

 

                                         deferrals taxable in

 

                                         1990

 

                                        Qualifies for 5-year/

 

                                         10-year averaging       A

 

                                        Qualifies for death

 

                                         benefit exclusion       B

 

                                        Qualifies for both

 

                                         A and B                 C

 

                                        Excess Contributions

 

                                         plus earnings/excess    D /*/

 

                                         deferrals taxable in

 

                                         1989

 

 

/*/ If you are reporting an IRA or SEP distribution for Code 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, P or D you must code a "1" in position 45 of the "B" Record.

NOTE: For detailed explanations of the distribution codes, see the 1991 "Instructions for Form 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" included in your Magnetic Media Reporting Packages.

            Type of Wager               For Form W-2G, enter the

 

            (Form W-2G Only)            applicable code in position 5.

 

                                        Position 6 will be blank.

 

 

                                        Category                  Code

 

                                        Horse Race Track (or        1

 

                                         Off Track Betting of a

 

                                         Horse Track nature)

 

                                        Dog Race Track (or Off      2

 

                                         Track Betting of a Dog

 

                                         Track nature)

 

                                        Jai-alai                    3

 

                                        State Conducted Lottery     4

 

                                        Keno                        5

 

                                        Casino Type Bingo. DO       6

 

                                         NOT use this code for

 

                                         any other type of bingo

 

                                         winnings (e.g., church

 

                                         or Fire Dept.)

 

                                        Slot Machines               7

 

                                        Any other type of

 

                                         gambling winnings. (This   8

 

                                         includes Church Bingo,

 

                                         Fire Dept. Bingo,

 

                                         unlabeled winnings, etc.)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 7          2nd TIN Notice     1        For Forms 1099-INT, 1099-DIV,

 

                                        1099-OID, 1099-PATR,

 

                                        1099-MISC, and 1099-B only.

 

 

                                        Enter "1" if you wish to

 

                                        indicate that you were

 

                                        notified by IRS twice within 3

 

                                        calendar years that the payee

 

                                        provided an incorrect taxpayer

 

                                        identification number;

 

                                        otherwise, enter a blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 8          Corrected Return   1        Enter "G" to indicate a

 

            Indicator                   corrected return; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blank. Refer to Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 14 for specific

 

                                        instructions on how to file

 

                                        corrected returns.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 9-12       Name Control       4        Enter the first four (4)

 

                                        characters of the surname

 

                                        (last name) of the payee. The

 

                                        surname of the person whose

 

                                        TIN is being reported in

 

                                        positions 16-24 of the "B"

 

                                        Record MUST be used to

 

                                        determine the Name Control.

 

                                        This is especially important

 

                                        in the case of trustee

 

                                        accounts. IF THE NAME THAT

 

                                        CORRESPONDS TO THE TIN IS NOT

 

                                        INCLUDED IN THE FIRST OR

 

                                        SECOND PAYEE NAME LINE, EVERY

 

                                        EFFORT SHOULD BE MADE TO

 

                                        DEVELOP THE CORRECT NAME

 

                                        CONTROL OF THE NAME THAT

 

                                        CORRESPONDS TO THE TIN.

 

                                        Surnames of less than four (4)

 

                                        characters should be

 

                                        left-justified, filling the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Special characters and

 

                                        imbedded blanks should be

 

                                        removed. In the case of a

 

                                        business, use the first four

 

 

                                        significant characters of the

 

                                        business name. Disregard the

 

                                        word "the" when it is the

 

                                        first word of the name, UNLESS

 

                                        there are only two words in

 

                                        the name. IF THE NAME CONTROL

 

                                        IS NOT DETERMINABLE BY THE

 

                                        PAYER, LEAVE THIS FIELD BLANK.

 

                                        (See Part A, Sec. 15 for

 

                                        information on Name Controls).

 

                                        A dash (-) and ampersand (&)

 

                                        are the only acceptable

 

                                        special characters. Surname

 

                                        prefixes are considered part

 

                                        of the surname, i.e., for

 

                                        Van Elm, name control would be

 

                                        VANE.

 

 

 NOTE: Although extraneous words, titles, and special characters are

 

 allowed (i.e., Mr., Mrs., Dr., apostrophe, dash, etc.), this

 

 information may be dropped during subsequent IRS/MCC processing AFTER

 

 data has been successfully processed.

 

 

 The following examples may be helpful to you in developing the name

 

 control:

 

 

                              Name                        Name Control

 

 Individuals:

 

                              Jane Brown                     BROW

 

                              John A. Lee                    LEE /*/

 

                              James P. En, Sr.               EN /*/

 

                              John O'Neill                   ONEI

 

                              Mary Van Buren                 VANB

 

                              Juan De Jesus                  DEJE

 

                              Gloria A. El-Roy               EL-R

 

                              Mr. John Smith                 SMIT

 

                              Joe McCarthy                   MCCA

 

                              Pedro Torres-Lopes             TORR

 

                              Maria Lopez Moreno /**/        LOPE

 

                              Binh To La                     LA /*/

 

                              Nhat Thi Pham                  PHAM

 

                              Mark D'Allesandro              DALL

 

 

 Corporations:

 

                              The First National Bank        FIRS

 

                              The Hideaway                   THEH

 

                              A & B Cafe                     A&BC

 

 

 Sole Proprietor:

 

                              Jane and Mark Hemlock c/o

 

                               The Sunshine Club             HEML

 

 

 Partnership:

 

                              Robert Aspen and Bess Willow   ASPE

 

                              Harold Fir, Bruce Elm, and

 

                               Joyce Spruce et al Ptr        FIR /*/

 

 

 Estate:

 

                              Frank White Estate             WHIT

 

                              Sheila Blue Estate             BLUE

 

 

 Trusts and Fiduciaries:

 

                              Daisy Corporation Employee

 

                               Benefit Trust                 DAIS

 

                              Trust FBO The

 

                               Cherryblossom Society         CHER

 

 

 Exempt Organization:

 

                              Laborer's Union, AFL-CIO       LABO

 

                              St. Bernard's Methodist

 

                               Church Bldg. Fund             STBE

 

 

/*/ Name Controls of less than four (4) significant characters must be left-justified and blank filled.

/**/ For Hispanic names, when two last names are shown for an individual, derive the name control from the first last name.

 13-14      Blank              2        Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 15         Type of TIN        1        REQUIRED. This field is used

 

                                        to identify the Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number (TIN) in

 

                                        positions 16-24 as either an

 

                                        Employer Identification

 

                                        Number, a Social Security

 

                                        Number, or that the type is

 

                                        undeterminable. Enter the

 

                                        appropriate code from the

 

                                        following table:

 

 

                                         Type

 

                                        of TIN   TIN   Type of Account

 

                                        1        EIN   A business,

 

                                                       organization,

 

                                                       or other entity

 

                                                       that is not an

 

                                                       individual

 

                                        2        SSN   An individual

 

                                        blank    N/A   If the type of

 

                                                       TIN is

 

                                                       undeterminable,

 

                                                       enter a blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 16-24      Taxpayer           9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid

 

            Identification              9-digit Taxpayer

 

            Number                      Identification Number of the

 

                                        payee (SSN or EIN, as

 

                                        appropriate). If an

 

                                        identification number has been

 

                                        applied for but not received,

 

                                        enter blanks. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        HYPHENS, ALPHA CHARACTERS, ALL

 

                                        9's OR ALL ZEROS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 25-44      Payer's Account    20       DO NOT ENTER A TAXPAYER

 

            Number for Payee            IDENTIFICATION NUMBER IN THIS

 

                                        FIELD. We strongly encourage

 

                                        the payer to use this field to

 

                                        enter the payee's account

 

                                        number, which can be any

 

                                        number assigned by the payer

 

                                        to the payee (e.g., checking

 

                                        account or savings account).

 

                                        THIS NUMBER WILL HELP TO

 

                                        DISTINGUISH THE INDIVIDUAL

 

                                        PAYEE'S ACCOUNT WITH YOU AND

 

                                        SHOULD BE UNIQUE FOR EACH

 

                                        DOCUMENT SO AS TO IDENTIFY THE

 

                                        SPECIFIC TRANSACTION MADE WITH

 

                                        THE ORGANIZATION SHOULD

 

                                        MULTIPLE RETURNS BE FILED FOR

 

                                        ONE PAYEE. This information is

 

                                        particularly useful if

 

                                        corrections are filed. This

 

                                        number will be provided with

 

                                        your Backup Withholding

 

                                        Notification from the IRS and

 

                                        may be used to identify the

 

                                        branch or subsidiary reporting

 

                                        the transaction. YOU ARE

 

                                        STRONGLY ENCOURAGED TO USE

 

                                        THIS FIELD. Do not define data

 

                                        in this field in packed

 

                                        decimal format. If fewer than

 

                                        twenty characters are used,

 

                                        you may either left- or right

 

                                        -justify, filling the

 

                                        remaining positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 45         IRA/SEP Indicator  1        This field is only used when

 

                                        reporting Forms 1099-R. This

 

                                        field will be coded ONLY if

 

                                        you entered a code 1, 2, 3, 4,

 

                                        5, 7, 8, P or D in either

 

                                        Position 5 or 6, Document

 

                                        Specific Code, of the Payee

 

                                        "B" Record, AND you are

 

                                        reporting a distribution from

 

                                        an IRA or SEP.

 

 

                                        Enter "1" if you are reporting

 

                                        an IRA/SEP Distribution;

 

                                        otherwise, enter blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 46-47      Percentage of      2        This field is only used when

 

            Total                       reporting Forms 1099-R, and

 

            Distribution                ONLY if you are reporting a

 

                                        total distribution to more

 

                                        than one person. If the

 

                                        percentage is 100, leave this

 

                                        field blank. If the percentage

 

                                        is a fraction, round off to

 

                                        the nearest whole number (for

 

                                        example, 10.4% will be 10%;

 

                                        10.5% or more will be 11%).

 

 

                                        Enter the percentage received

 

                                        by the person whose TIN in

 

                                        included in positions 16-24 of

 

                                        the "B" Record. This field

 

                                        must be right-justified, and

 

                                        unused positions must be zero

 

                                        filled. If not applicable,

 

                                        enter blanks. You need not

 

                                        enter this information for IRA

 

                                        or SEP distributors.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 48         Total              1        This field is only used when

 

            Distribution                reprting Form 1099-R. Enter a

 

            Indicator                   "1" only if the payment shown

 

                                        in Amount Code 1 is a total

 

                                        distribution; otherwise, enter

 

                                        a blank.

 

 

                                        NOTE: A total distribution is

 

                                        one or more distributions

 

                                        within one tax year in which

 

                                        the entire balance of the

 

                                        account is distributed. Any

 

                                        distribution that does not

 

                                        meet this definition is not a

 

                                        total distribution.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 49         Taxable Amount     1        This field is only used when

 

            Not Determined              reporting Form 1099-R. Enter a

 

            Indicator                   "1" only if you CANNOT compute

 

                                        the taxable amount of the

 

                                        payment entered in Amount Code

 

                                        1 of the "A" Record. If the

 

                                        indicator is used, enter 0

 

                                        (zero) in Payment Amount Field

 

                                        2 of the "B" Record. Please

 

                                        make every effort to compute

 

                                        the taxable amount.

 

 

                                        Enter a blank if the taxable

 

                                        amount CAN be determined.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 50-51      Blank              2        Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

            Payment Amount              REQUIRED. You must allow for

 

            Fields                      all payment amounts. For

 

            (Must be numeric)           those not used, you must enter

 

                                        zeros. For example: If

 

                                        position 23 of the "A" Record

 

                                        is "7" (for 1099-PATR) and

 

                                        positions 24-32 are

 

                                        "247bbbbbb", (b = blank), this

 

                                        indicates that you will be

 

                                        reporting 3 actual payment

 

                                        amounts in the following

 

                                        "B" Records. Payment Amount 1

 

                                        will be all "0" (zeros),

 

                                        Payment Amount 2 will

 

                                        represent Nonpatronage

 

                                        distributions, Payment Amount

 

                                        3 will be all "0" (zeros),

 

                                        Payment Amount 4 will

 

                                        represent Federal income tax

 

                                        withheld, Payment Amounts

 

                                        5 and 6 will be all "0"

 

                                        (zeros), Payment Amount 7 will

 

                                        represent Energy investment

 

                                        credit, and, Payment Amounts 8

 

                                        and 9 will be all "0" (zeros).

 

                                        Each payment field must

 

                                        contain 10 numeric characters

 

                                        (see Note). Each payment

 

                                        amount must be entered in U.S.

 

                                        dollars and cents. The

 

                                        rightmost two positions

 

                                        represent cents in the Payment

 

                                        Amount Fields. Do not enter

 

                                        dollar signs, commas, decimal

 

                                        points, or NEGATIVE PAYMENTS,

 

                                        except those items that

 

                                        reflect a loss on Form

 

                                        1099-B.

 

 

                                        Positive and negative amounts

 

                                        are indicated by placing a "+"

 

                                        or "-" (minus sign) in the

 

 

                                        leftmost position of the

 

                                        payment amount field. A

 

                                        negative overpunch in the

 

                                        units position may be used,

 

                                        instead of a minus sign, to

 

                                        indicate a negative amount.

 

                                        If a plus sign, minus sign, or

 

                                        negative overpunch is not

 

                                        used, the number is assumed to

 

                                        be positive. PAYMENT AMOUNTS

 

                                        MUST BE RIGHT-JUSTIFIED AND

 

                                        UNUSED POSITIONS MUST BE ZERO

 

                                        FILLED. FEDERAL INCOME TAX

 

                                        WITHHELD CANNOT BE REPORTED AS

 

                                        A NEGATIVE AMOUNT ON ANY FORM.

 

 

                                        NOTE: If you are reporting a

 

                                        money amount in excess of

 

                                        9999999999 (dollars and

 

                                        cents), it must be reported as

 

                                        follows:

 

                                        (1) The first "B" Record MUST

 

                                        contain 9999999999.

 

                                        (2) The second "B" Record will

 

                                        contain the remaining money

 

                                        amounts.

 

                                        DO NOT SPLIT THIS FIGURE IN

 

                                        HALF.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 52-61      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 1 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 1 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 62-71      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 2 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 2 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 72-81      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 3 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 3 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 82-91      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 4 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 4 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 92-101     Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 5 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 5 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 102-111    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 6 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 6 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 112-121    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 7 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 7 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 122-128    Blank              7        Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". It is

 

                                        used to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up a PAYEE Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-12       Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 8 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 8 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 13-22      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 9 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 9 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

/*/ If there are discrepancies between these Payment Amount Codes and the boxes on the paper forms, the instructions in this revenue procedure govern.

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 23-42      Blank              20       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 43         Foreign Country    1        REQUIRED. If the payee address

 

            Indicator                   is in a foreign country, enter

 

                                        a "1" in this field. This will

 

                                        allow you to use free format

 

                                        for the Payee Address, City,

 

                                        State and ZIP Code. Address

 

                                        information must not appear in

 

                                        the First or Second Payee Name

 

                                        Lines.

 

 

                                        If the payee address is a U.S.

 

                                        address, you must enter a

 

                                        blank in this field and use

 

                                        the U.S. Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviations in diskette

 

                                        positions 72 and 73 of Sector

 

                                        3 of the "B" Record. These

 

                                        abbreviations are provided in

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 44-83      First Payee        40       REQUIRED. Do not enter address

 

            Name Line                   information in this field.

 

                                        Enter the name of the payee

 

                                        (preferably surname (last

 

                                        name) first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number (TIN)

 

                                        appears in Sector 1, positions

 

                                        16-24 of the "B" Record. If

 

                                        fewer than 40 characters are

 

                                        required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field. If there are multiple

 

                                        payees, only the name of the

 

                                        payee whose TIN has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees may be entered in

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field.

 

 

 NOTE: WHEN REPORTING FORM 1098, MORTGAGE INTEREST STATEMENT, THE "A"

 

 RECORD WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST (THE

 

 FILER). THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE

 

 INTEREST (THE BORROWER/PAYER OF RECORD) AND THE AMOUNT PAID. FOR

 

 FORMS 1099-S, THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE SELLER INFORMATION.

 

 

 For Form 5498 Inherited IRAs, enter the beneficiary's name followed

 

 by word "beneficiary." For example, "Brian Young as beneficiary of

 

 Joan Smith" or something similar that signifies that the IRA was once

 

 owned by Joan Smith. You may abbreviate the word "beneficiary" as,

 

 for example, "benef." Refer to the 1991 "Instructions for Forms

 

 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G." The beneficiary's TIN should be reported

 

 in position 16-24 of the "B" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 84-123     Second Payee       40       If the payee name requires

 

            Name Line                   more space than is available

 

                                        in the First Payee Name Line,

 

                                        enter only the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name in this

 

                                        field. If there are multiple

 

                                        payees (e.g., partners or

 

                                        joint owners), we encourage

 

                                        you to use this field for

 

                                        those payees' names not

 

                                        associated with the TIN

 

                                        provided in positions 16-24 of

 

                                        the "B" Record. Do not enter

 

                                        address information in this

 

                                        field. NOTE: It is important

 

                                        that you provide as much payee

 

                                        information to IRS as possible

 

                                        to identify the owner of the

 

                                        TIN. Left-justify and fill

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES

 

                                        ARE PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 124-128    Blank              5        Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 3

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "3". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

                                        Any format can be used in

 

                                        reporting a foreign mailing

 

                                        address.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

     For U.S. addresses, the Payee City, Payee State and Payee ZIP

 

 Code must be reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively.

 

 For foreign addresses, the Payee City, Payee State and Payee ZIP Code

 

 can be reported as a continuous 40 position field. Enter information

 

 in the following order: city, province or state, postal code, and the

 

 name of the country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign

 

 Country Indicator must contain a "1."

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        town, or post office.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Do not enter state and ZIP

 

                                        Code information in this

 

                                        field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 72-73      Payee State        2        REQUIRED. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviations for the state as

 

                                        shown in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP Code     9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

                                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as you

 

                                        have entered a "1" in the

 

                                        Foreign Country Indicator

 

                                        field which is located in

 

                                        position 43 of Sector 2 of the

 

                                        "B" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 83-128     Blank              46       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 4   THE FOLLOWING FIELD DESCRIPTIONS DESCRIBE THE RECORD

 

            POSITIONS FOR SECTOR 4 OF THE "B" RECORD FOR FORMS 1098,

 

            1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R,

 

            AND 5498. IF YOU ARE NOT A COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILER,

 

            OR IF YOU ARE NOT UTILIZING THE SPECIAL DATA ENTRIES

 

            FIELD, SECTOR 4 CAN BE ELIMINATED FOR ALL "B" RECORDS

 

            EXCEPT FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G.

 

            SEE PART D, SEC. 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 FOR THE FIELD

 

            DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B,

 

            1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "4". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-69       Special Data       67       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 70-71      Combined Federal/  2        If this payee record is to be

 

            State Code                  forwarded to a state agency as

 

                                        part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 17, Table 1.

 

                                        For those filers or states NOT

 

                                        participating in this program

 

                                        or filing Form 1098, ENTER

 

                                        BLANKS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 72-128     Blank              57       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

SEC. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 THROUGH 4 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTORS 1 THROUGH 3 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S, AND W-2G

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A

.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 4 of Form 1099-A. For detailed explanations of the 1099-A fields see the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" included in your reporting package.

.02 See Part D. Sec. 6 for field descriptions of Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-A.

.03 FORM 1099-A CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

               RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD (Continued)

 

                      FORM 1099-A - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "4". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-23       Special Data       21       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for their filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 24-29      Date of Lender's   6        REQUIRED FOR FORMS 1099-A

 

            Acquisition or              ONLY. Enter the date of the

 

            Knowledge of                acquisition of the secured

 

            Abandonment                 property or the date you first

 

                                        knew or had or reason to know

 

                                        that the property was

 

                                        abandoned in the format MMDDYY

 

                                        (e.g., 102491). DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 30         Liability          1        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

            Indicator                   Enter the appropriate

 

                                        indicator from the table

 

                                        below:

 

 

                                        Indicator  Usage

 

                                        1          Borrower is

 

                                                   personally liable

 

                                                   for repayment of

 

                                                   the debt.

 

                                        Blank      Borrower is not

 

                                                   liable for

 

                                                   repayment of the

 

                                                   debt.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 31-69      Description of     39       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

            Property                    Enter a brief description of

 

                                        the property. For example, for

 

                                        real property, enter the

 

                                        address, or if the address

 

                                        does not sufficiently identify

 

                                        the property, enter the

 

                                        section, lot, and block. For

 

                                        personal property, enter the

 

                                        type, make and model (e.g.,

 

                                        Car-1987 Buick Regal or Office

 

                                        Equipment). Enter "CCC" for

 

                                        crops forfeited on Commodity

 

                                        Credit Corporation loans. If

 

                                        fewer than 39 positions are

 

                                        required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 70-128     Blank              59       Enter blanks.

 

 

     PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-A

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 4 of Form 1099-B. For detailed explanations of the 1099-B fields see the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" included in your reporting package.

.02 See Part D, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sectors 1, 2, and 3 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-B.

      .03 FORM 1099-B CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE

 

 FILING PROGRAM.

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "4". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-12       Special Data       10       This portion of the payee "B"

 

            Entries                     Record may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for their filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 13         Gross Proceeds     1        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

            Reported to IRS             Enter appropriate indicator

 

            Indicator                   from the following table. If

 

                                        this field is not utilized,

 

                                        ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

                                        Indicator      Usage

 

                                        1              Gross Proceeds

 

                                        2              Gross Proceeds

 

                                                       less commission

 

                                                       and option

 

                                                       premiums

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 14-19      Date of Sale       6        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        For broker transactions, enter

 

                                        the trade date of the

 

                                        transaction in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY (e.g., 102491). For

 

                                        barter exchanges, enter the

 

                                        date cash, property, a credit,

 

                                        or scrip is actually or

 

                                        constructively received. Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 20-32      CUSIP Number       13       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

 

                                        For broker transactions only,

 

                                        enter the CUSIP (Committee on

 

                                        Uniform Security

 

                                        Identification Procedures)

 

                                        number of the item reported

 

                                        for Amount Indicator "2"

 

                                        (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                        if the number is not available

 

                                        or applicable. For CUSIP

 

                                        numbers with less than 13

 

                                        characters, right-justify and

 

                                        fill the remaining positions

 

                                        with blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 33-71      Description        39       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        Enter a brief description of

 

                                        the item or services for which

 

                                        the proceeds are being

 

                                        reported. If fewer than 39

 

                                        characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 

                                        For broker transactions, enter

 

                                        a brief description of the

 

                                        deposition item, (e.g., 100

 

                                        shares of XYZ Corp.).

 

 

                                        For regulated futures and

 

                                        forward contracts, enter "RFC"

 

                                        or other appropriate

 

                                        description and any amount

 

                                        subject to backup withholding.

 

 

                                        NOTE: The amount withheld in

 

                                        these situations is to be

 

                                        included in Amount Code 4. For

 

                                        bartering transactions, show

 

                                        the services or property

 

                                        provided.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 72-128     Blank              57       Enter blanks.

 

 

      PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-B

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID

.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 4 of Form 1099-OID. For detailed explanations of the 1099-OID fields see the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" included in your reporting package.

.02 See Part D, Sec. 6 for field descriptions of Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the Payee "B" Record for Form 1099-OID.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                     FORM 1099-OID - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "4". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-30       Special Data       28       This portion of the payee "B"

 

            Entries                     Record may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 31-69      Description        39       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-OID

 

                                        ONLY. Enter the CUSIP Number,

 

                                        if any; if there is no CUSIP

 

                                        number, enter the abbreviation

 

                                        for the stock exchange and

 

                                        issuer, the coupon rate and

 

                                        year of maturity (e.g., NYSE

 

                                        XYZ 12 1/2 95). If fewer than

 

                                        39 characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 70-71      Combined Federal/  2        If a payee record is to be

 

            State Code                  forwarded to a state agency as

 

                                        part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 17, Table 1.

 

                                        For those filers or states NOT

 

                                        participating in this program,

 

                                        ENTER BLANKS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 72-128     Blank              57       Enter blanks.

 

 

    PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-OID

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 4 of Form 1099-S. For detailed explanations of the 1099-S fields see the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G," included in your reporting package.

.02 See Part D, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-S.

.03 FORM 1099-S CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                      FORM 1099-S - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "4". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-25       Special Data       23       This portion of the "B"

 

            Entries                     Record may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 26-31      Date of Closing    6        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the closing date in the

 

                                        format MMDDYY (e.g., 102491).

 

                                        DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                                        SLASHES.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 32-70      Address or Legal   39       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

            Description                 Enter the address of the

 

                                        property transferred

 

                                        (including city, state, and

 

                                        ZIP Code). If the address does

 

                                        not sufficiently identify the

 

                                        property, also enter a legal

 

                                        description, such as section,

 

                                        lot, and block. If you are

 

                                        entering an address, include

 

                                        the state and ZIP code where

 

                                        the property is located. If

 

                                        fewer than 39 positions are

 

                                        required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

                                        For timber royalties, enter

 

                                        "TIMBER."

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 71         Property or        1        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

            Services Received           Enter "1" if the transferor

 

                                        received or will receive

 

                                        property (other than cash and

 

                                        consideration treated as cash

 

                                        in computing gross proceeds)

 

                                        or services as part of the

 

                                        consideration for the property

 

                                        transferred. If the transferor

 

                                        may receive property (other

 

                                        than cash) or services to

 

                                        satisfy a debt having a stated

 

                                        principal amount, you must

 

                                        also enter 1.

 

 

                                        Enter blank if this field is

 

                                        not used.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 72-128     Blank              57       Enter blanks.

 

 

     PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM 1099-S

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 12. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G.

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 4 of Form W-2G. For detailed explanations of the W-2G fields see the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" included in your reporting package.

.02 See Part D, Sec. 6 for field descriptions for Sectors 1, 2 and 3 of the "B" Record for Form W-2G.

.03 FORM W-2G CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                       FORM W-2G - SECTOR 4 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 4

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "4". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up a PAYEE Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-8        Date Won           6        REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the date of the winning

 

                                        event in the format MMDDYY

 

                                        (e.g., 102491). This is not

 

                                        the date the money was paid,

 

                                        if paid after the date of the

 

                                        race (or game). DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 9-23       Transaction        15       REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        For state conducted lotteries,

 

                                        enter the ticket or other

 

                                        identifying number. For keno,

 

                                        bingo, and slot machines,

 

                                        enter the ticket or card

 

                                        number (and color, if

 

                                        applicable), machine serial

 

                                        number or any other

 

                                        information that will help

 

                                        identify the winning

 

                                        transaction. All others, enter

 

                                        blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 24-28      Race               5        REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the race (or

 

                                        game) applicable to the

 

                                        winning ticket. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 29-33      Cashier            5        REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the initials of

 

                                        the cashier making the winning

 

                                        payment. If no entry, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 34-38      Window             5        REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the window

 

                                        number or location of the

 

                                        person paying the winnings.

 

                                        If no entry, enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 39-53      First ID           15       REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the first

 

                                        identification number of the

 

                                        person receiving the winnings.

 

                                        If no entry, enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 54-68      Second ID          15       REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the second

 

                                        identification number of the

 

                                        person receiving the winnings.

 

                                        If no entry, enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 69-128     Blank              60       Enter blanks.

 

 

      PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 4 OF FORM W-2G

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 13. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Payer "C" Record consists of 2 Sectors of 128 positions each. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "C" Record is a summary record for a type of return for a given payer.

.03 The "C" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer. The "C" Record MUST be written after the last "B" Record for each type of return for a given payer. For each "A" Record and group of "B" Records on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.

.04 In developing the "C" Record, for example, if you used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records will appear in Control Totals 1, 3 and 6 of the "C" Record. In this example, positions 27-41, 57-86, and 102-116 of Sector 1 and positions 3-32 of Sector 2 would be zero filled.

.05 Payers/Transmitters must verify the accuracy of the totals in the "C" Record.

.06 Missing or incorrect "C" Records will result in the diskette being returned for correction.

                 RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "1". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "C".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-8        Number of Payees   6        REQUIRED. Enter the total

 

                                        number of "B" Records covered

 

                                        by the preceding "A" Record.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero fill.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 9-11       Blank              3        Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

      REQUIRED. If any corresponding Payment Amount fields are present

 

 in the "B" Records, accumulate into the appropriate Control Total

 

 fields. CONTROL TOTALS MUST BE RIGHT-JUSTIFIED, AND UNUSED CONTROL

 

 TOTAL FIELDS MUST BE ZERO FILLED. Please note that all Control Total

 

 fields are 15 positions in length.

 

 

 12-26      Control            15

 

            Total 1

 

 

 27-41      Control            15

 

            Total 2

 

 

 42-56      Control            15

 

            Total 3

 

 

 57-71      Control            15

 

            Total 4

 

 

 72-86      Control            15

 

            Total 5

 

 

 87-101     Control            15

 

            Total 6

 

 

 102-116    Control            15

 

            Total 7

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 117-128    Blank              12       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "C".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-17       Control            15

 

            Total 8

 

 

 18-32      Control            15

 

            Total 9

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 33-128     Blank              96       Enter blanks.

 

 

                END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 14. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The State Totals "K" Record consists of 2 Sectors of 128 positions each. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "K" Record is a summary for a given payer and type of return to a given state in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program. Use ONLY when state reporting approval has been granted.

.03 The "K" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed for a given state. The "K" Record(s) must be written after the "C" Record for the related "A" Record.

.04 In developing the "K" Record, for example, if you used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records coded for this state will appear in Control Totals 1, 3, and 6 of the "K" Record.

.05 There MUST be a separate "K" Record for each state being reported.

.06 Refer to Part A, Sec. 17 for the requirements and conditions that MUST be met to file on this program.

                 RECORD NAME: STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "1". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "K".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-8        Number of Payees   6        REQUIRED. Enter the total

 

                                        number of "B" Records being

 

                                        coded for this state, Right-

 

                                        justify and zero fill.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 9-11       Blank              3        Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

      REQUIRED. If any corresponding Payment Amount fields are present

 

 in the "B" Records, accumulate into the appropriate Control Total

 

 fields. CONTROL TOTALS MUST BE RIGHT-JUSTIFIED, AND UNUSED CONTROL

 

 TOTAL FIELDS MUST BE ZERO FILLED. Please note that all Control Total

 

 fields are 15 positions in length.

 

 

 12-26      Control            15

 

            Total 1

 

 

 27-41      Control            15

 

            Total 2

 

 

 42-56      Control            15

 

            Total 3

 

 

 57-71      Control            15

 

            Total 4

 

 

 72-86      Control            15

 

            Total 5

 

 

 87-101     Control            15

 

            Total 6

 

 

 102-116    Control            15

 

            Total 7

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 117-128    Blank              12       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

                                        to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "K".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-17       Control            15

 

            Total 8

 

 

 18-32      Control            15

 

            Total 9

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 33-126     Blank              94       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 127-128    Combined Federal/  2        REQUIRED. Enter the code

 

            State Code                  assigned to the state which is

 

                                        to receive the information.

 

                                        (Refer to Part A, Sec. 17,

 

                                        Table 1.)

 

 

                END OF PAYER "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 15. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Transmission "F" Record consists of one 128-position Sector. The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers in the entire file.

.02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record (or last "K" Record, when applicable) of the entire file.

              RECORD NAME: END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "F".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2-5        Number of "A"      4        You may enter the total number

 

            Records                     of "A" Records in the entire

 

                                        file. Right-justify and zero

 

                                        fill or enter all zeros.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 6-30       Zero               25       Enter zeros.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 31-128     Blank              98       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

            END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

PART E. DOUBLE DENSITY DISKETTE SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 1. GENERAL

.01 The specifications contained in this part of the revenue procedure define the required format and contents of the records to be included in a double density diskette file and must be strictly adhered to unless deviations have been specifically granted by IRS.

.02 To be compatible, a double density diskette file must meet the following specifications in total:

(a) 8 inches in diameter.

(b) Recorded in EBCDIC.

(c) Contains 77 cylinders (A cylinder refers to both of the tracks available to the read/write heads at any of the 77 locations on the double sided, double density diskette).

(1) Cylinder 00 is the index cylinder (the operating system reserves cylinder 00 for the directory information and writes the file name and location in the directory; data cannot be written in cylinder 00).

(2) Cylinders 1-74 are the primary data cylinders.

(3) Cylinders 75 and 76 are reserved for alternate cylinder assignment.

(d) Each track contains 26 sectors; therefore, each cylinder contains 52 sectors.

(e) Each sector must contain 256 bytes.

(f) Data may be recorded on both sides of the diskette.

(g) IRS can process single sided, single density, soft sectored diskettes as well as double sided, double density, soft sectored diskettes. Part D provides specifications for single density diskettes which have sectors of 128 bytes.

(h) An IBM 5360 compatible diskette would meet the above specifications. If using other processors, data should be recorded in the Basic Data Exchange (EBCDIC) format.

(i) Hard sectored diskettes are not compatible.

(j) A diskette should be clearly marked as to which type of data (double sided/double density) is on each diskette, and the entire file should consist of all double sided/double density diskettes.

.03 Refer to Part D, Sec. 1.03 through Sec. 2 for further information concerning diskette requirements which apply to both single and double density diskettes.

SEC. 2. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

.01 The Payer/Transmitter "A" Record identifies the payer and transmitter of the diskette and provides parameters for the succeeding Payee "B" Records. IRS computer programs rely on the absolute relationship between the parameters and data fields in the "A" Record and the data fields in the "B" Records to which they apply.

.02 The number of "A" Records appearing on a diskette will depend on the number of payers and the different types of returns being reported. The payment amounts for one payer for one type of return must be consolidated under one "A" Record if submitted on the same file.

.03 Do not submit separate "A" Records for each payment amount being reported. For example, if you are filing Form 1099-DIV to report Amount Codes 1, 2 and 3, all three amount codes must be reported under one "A" Record, not three separate "A" Records. For "B" Records which do not contain payment amounts for all three amount codes, enter zeros for those which have no amount to be reported.

.04 After the header label on the diskette, the first record appearing in the file must be an "A" Record. Each "A" Record will consist of at least one 256 position sector; however, if you are transmitting for someone other than yourself, 2 sectors are required.

.05 A transmitter may include "B" Records for more than one payer on a diskette; however, each GROUP of "B" Records must be preceded by an "A" Record.

.06 A single diskette may also contain different types of returns, but the returns MUST NOT be intermingled. A separate "A" Record is required for each payer and each type of return being reported. An "A" Record may be blocked with "B" Records; however, the initial record on a file must be an "A" Record. IRS will accept an "A" Record after a "C" Record.

.07 All alpha characters entered in the "A" Record should be uppercase.

.08 WHEN REPORTING FORM 1098, MORTGAGE INTEREST STATEMENT, THE "A" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST (THE FILER). THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST (BORROWER/PAYER OF RECORD) AND THE AMOUNT PAID.

NOTE: For all fields marked REQUIRED, you must provide the information described under Description and Remarks. For fields not marked REQUIRED, you must allow for the field but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated diskette position(s). Each "A" Record will consist of at least one 256 position sector; however, if you are transmitting for someone other than yourself, two sectors are required.

               RECORD NAME: PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Sequence    1        REQUIRED. Must be "1". It is

 

                                        used to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up a PAYER Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "A".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-4        Payment Year       2        REQUIRED. Enter "91".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 5-7        Diskette Sequence  3        Sequence number assigned by

 

            Number                      the transmitter to each

 

                                        diskette starting with 001.

 

                                        (You may choose to enter

 

                                        blanks or zeros in this field.

 

                                        IRS bypasses this

 

                                        information.) You must

 

                                        indicate the proper sequence

 

                                        on the external label Form

 

                                        5064.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 8-16       Payer's TIN        9        REQUIRED. Must be the valid

 

                                        9-digit number assigned to the

 

                                        payer by IRS. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        BLANKS, HYPHENS, ALPHA

 

                                        CHARACTERS, ALL 9's OR ALL

 

                                        ZEROS. For foreign

 

                                        corporations not required to

 

                                        have a TIN, this field may be

 

                                        left blank. Foreign

 

                                        corporations should have the

 

                                        Foreign Corporation Indicator

 

                                        set to "1" in position 50 of

 

                                        the "A" Record (See Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 18 for the definition of

 

                                        a Foreign Corporation.)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 17-20      Payer Name         4        The Payer Name Control can be

 

            Control                     obtained from the mail label

 

                                        on the Package 1099 which is

 

                                        mailed to most payers on

 

                                        record each December. To

 

                                        distinguish between the

 

                                        Package 1099 and the Magnetic

 

                                        Media Reporting (MMR) package,

 

                                        the Package 1099 contains

 

                                        instructions for paper filing

 

                                        only and the mail label on the

 

                                        package contains a four (4)

 

                                        character NAME CONTROL. The

 

                                        MMR package contains

 

                                        instructions for filing

 

                                        magnetically/electronically

 

                                        only, and the mail label DOES

 

                                        NOT contain a name control.

 

                                        Names of less than four (4)

 

                                        characters should be left

 

                                        justified, filing the unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. If you

 

                                        have not received a Package

 

                                        1099 or you do not know your

 

                                        Payer Name Control, this field

 

                                        should be blank filled.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 21         Blank              1        Enter blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 22         Combined           1        FORMS 1098, 1099-A, 1099-B,

 

            Federal/State               1099-S, AND W-2G CANNOT BE

 

            Filer                       FILED ON THIS PROGRAM.

 

 

                                        Enter "1" if participating in

 

                                        the Combined Federal/State

 

                                        Filing Program; otherwise,

 

                                        enter blank. Refer to Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 17 for details.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 23         Type of Return     1        REQUIRED. Enter appropriate

 

                                        code from table below:

 

 

                                        Type of Return          Code

 

                                        1098                      3

 

                                        1099-A                    4

 

                                        1099-B                    B

 

                                        1099-DIV                  1

 

                                        1099-G                    F

 

                                        1099-INT                  6

 

                                        1099-MISC                 A

 

                                        1099-OID                  D

 

                                        1099-PATR                 7

 

                                        1099-R                    9

 

                                        1099-S                    S

 

                                        5498                      L

 

                                        W-2G                      W

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 

 24-32      Amount             9        REQUIRED. In most cases, the

 

            Indicators                  box numbers on paper

 

                                        information returns correspond

 

                                        with the amount codes used to

 

                                        file magnetically or

 

                                        electronically. For a detailed

 

                                        explanation of the information

 

                                        to be reported in each Amount

 

                                        Code, refer to the 1991

 

                                        "Instructions for Forms 1099,

 

                                        1098, 5498, and W-2G,"

 

                                        included in your magnetic

 

                                        media reporting package.

 

 

                                        The amount indicators entered

 

                                        for a given type of return

 

                                        indicate type(s) of payment(s)

 

                                        which were made. For each

 

                                        Amount Code entered in this

 

                                        field, a corresponding Payment

 

                                        Amount must appear in the

 

                                        Payee "B" Record.

 

 

                                        Example: If Sector 1, position

 

                                        23 of the Payer/Transmitter

 

                                        "A" Record is "7" (for

 

                                        1099-PATR) and positions

 

                                        24-32 are "247bbbbbb"

 

                                        (b = blanks), this indicates

 

                                        that you will be reporting 3

 

                                        actual Payment Amounts in all

 

                                        of the following Payee "B"

 

                                        Records. The first payment

 

                                        amount field in the Payee "B"

 

                                        Record will be all "0"

 

                                        (zeros); the second will

 

                                        represent Nonpatronage

 

                                        distributions; the third will

 

                                        be all "0" (zeros); the fourth

 

                                        will represent Federal income

 

                                        tax withheld; the fifth and

 

                                        sixth will be all "0" (zeros);

 

                                        the seventh will represent

 

                                        Energy investment credit; and,

 

                                        the eighth and ninth will be

 

                                        all "0" (zeros).

 

 

                                        Enter the Amount Indicators in

 

                                        ASCENDING SEQUENCE (i.e.,

 

                                        247bbbbbb; b = blanks),

 

                                        left-justify, filling unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. For

 

                                        further clarification of the

 

                                        Amount Indicator codes,

 

                                        contact the IRS/MCC.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Mortgage

 

 Indicators                             Interest Received from

 

 Form 1098 -                            Payer(s)/Borrower(s) (Payer of

 

 Mortgage                               Record) on Form 1098:

 

 Interest

 

 Statement                              Amount

 

                                        Code        Amount Type

 

                                        1           Mortgage interest

 

                                                    received from

 

                                                    payer(s)/

 

                                                    borrower(s)

 

                                        2           Points paid

 

                                                    directly by

 

                                                    payer(s)/

 

                                                    borrower(s) on

 

                                                    purchase of

 

                                                    principal

 

                                                    residence

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting the Acquisition

 

 Indicators                             or Abandonment of Secured

 

 Form 1099-A -                          Property on Form 1099-A:

 

 Acquisition or

 

 Abandonment of                         Amount

 

 Secured Property                       Code        Amount Type

 

                                        2           Balance of

 

                                                    principal

 

                                                    outstanding

 

                                        3           Gross foreclosure

 

                                                    proceeds

 

                                        4           Appraisal value

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             1099-B:

 

 Form 1099-B -

 

 Proceeds from                          Amount

 

 Broker and Barter                      Code        Amount Type

 

 Exchange                               2           Stocks, bonds,

 

 Transactions                                       etc. (For Forward

 

                                                    Contracts see

 

                                                    Note.)

 

                                        3           Bartering (Do not

 

                                                    report negative

 

                                                    amounts.)

 

 

                                        4           Federal income tax

 

                                                    withheld (Backup

 

                                                    Withholding)

 

                                        6           Profit (or loss)

 

                                                    realized in 1991

 

                                        7           Unrealized profit

 

                                                    (or loss) on open

 

                                                    contracts

 

                                                    12/31/90

 

                                        8           Unrealized profit

 

                                                    (or loss) on open

 

                                                    contracts

 

                                                    12/31/91

 

                                        9           Aggregate profit

 

                                                    (or loss)

 

 

 NOTE: The Payment Amount field associated with Amount Code 2 may be

 

 used to represent a loss when the reporting is for Forward Contracts.

 

 Refer to "B" Record - General Field Descriptions, Payment Amount

 

 Fields, for instructions on reporting negative amounts. Do not report

 

 negative amounts for Amount Codes 3 and 4.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             Form 1099-DIV:

 

 Form 1099-DIV -

 

 Dividends and                          Amount

 

 Distributions                          Code        Amount Type

 

                                        1           Gross dividends

 

                                                    and other

 

                                                    distributions on

 

                                                    stock (see Note)

 

                                        2           Ordinary dividends

 

                                                    (see Note)

 

                                        3           Capital gain

 

                                                    distributions (see

 

                                                    Note)

 

                                        4           Nontaxable

 

                                                    distributions (if

 

                                                    determinable) (see

 

                                                    Note)

 

                                        5           Investment

 

                                                    expenses (see

 

                                                    Note)

 

                                        6           Federal income tax

 

                                                    withheld (Backup

 

                                                    Withholding)

 

                                        7           Foreign tax paid

 

                                        8           Cash liquidation

 

                                                    distributions

 

                                        9           Noncash

 

                                                    liquidation

 

                                                    distributions

 

                                                    (show fair

 

                                                    market value)

 

 

 NOTE: Amount Code 1 MUST equal the sum of amounts reported in Amount

 

 Codes 2, 3, 4 and 5.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             1099-G:

 

 Form 1099-G -

 

 Certain                                Amount

 

 Government                             Code        Amount Type

 

 Payments                               1           Unemployment

 

                                                    compensation

 

                                        2           State or local

 

                                                    income tax

 

                                                    refunds, credits

 

                                                    or offsets

 

                                        4           Federal income tax

 

                                                    withheld (Backup

 

                                                    Withholding)

 

                                        5           Discharge of

 

                                                    indebtedness

 

                                        6           Taxable grants

 

                                        7           Agriculture

 

                                                    payments

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             1099-INT:

 

 Form 1099-INT -

 

 Interest Income                        Amount

 

                                        Code        Amount Type

 

                                        1           Interest income

 

                                                    not included in

 

                                                    Amount Code 3

 

                                        2           Early withdrawal

 

                                                    penalty

 

                                        3           Interest on U.S.

 

                                                    Savings Bonds and

 

                                                    Treasury

 

                                                    obligations

 

                                        4           Federal income tax

 

                                                    withheld (Backup

 

                                                    Withholding)

 

                                        5           Foreign tax paid

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             1099-MISC:

 

 Form 1099-MISC -

 

 

 Miscellaneous                          Amount

 

 Income                                 Code        Amount Type

 

                                        1           Rents

 

                                        2           Royalties (see

 

                                                    Note 1)

 

                                        3           Prizes, awards,

 

                                                    etc.

 

                                        4           Federal income tax

 

                                                    withheld (Backup

 

                                                    Withholding)

 

                                        5           Fishing boat

 

                                                    proceeds

 

                                        6           Medical and health

 

                                                    care payments

 

                                        7           Nonemployee

 

                                                    compensation or

 

                                                    Crop Insurance

 

                                                    Proceeds or Excess

 

                                                    Golden Parachute

 

                                                    Payments (see Note

 

                                                    2)

 

                                        8           Substitute

 

                                                    payments in lieu

 

                                                    of dividends or

 

                                                    interest

 

                                        9           Direct sales

 

                                                    "indicator" (see

 

                                                    Note 3)

 

 

 NOTE 1: Do not report timber royalties under a "pay-as-cut" contract;

 

 these should be reported on Form 1099-S.

 

 

 NOTE 2: Amount Code "7" is normally used to report Nonemployee

 

 Compensation. However, Amount Code "7" may also be used to report

 

 Crop Insurance Proceeds or Excess Golden Parachute Payments. See

 

 positions 5-6 of the "B" Record for instructions. If Nonemployee

 

 Compensation, Crop Insurance Proceeds and Excess Golden Parachute

 

 Payments are being paid to the same payee, a separate "B" Record for

 

 each transaction is required.

 

 

 NOTE 3: Use Amount Code "9" to report sales by you of $5,000 or more

 

 of consumer products to a person on a buy-sell, deposit commission,

 

 or any other commission basis for resale anywhere other than in a

 

 permanent retail establishment.

 

 

 Refer to the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and

 

 W-2G," for specific instructions. Amount Code "9" actually reflects

 

 an indicator of direct sales of $5,000 or more and is not an actual

 

 payment amount. The corresponding payment amount field in the "B"

 

 Record MUST be 0000000100 to reflect direct sales of $5,000 or more.

 

 This does not mean that a payment of $1.00 was made or is being

 

 reported.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             1099-OID:

 

 Form 1099-OID -

 

 Original Issue                         Amount

 

 Discount                               Code        Amount Type

 

                                        1           Original issue

 

                                                    discount for 1991

 

                                        2           Other periodic

 

                                                    interest

 

                                        3           Early withdrawal

 

                                                    penalty

 

                                        4           Federal income tax

 

                                                    withheld (Backup

 

                                                    Withholding)

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             1099-PATR:

 

 Form 1099-PATR -

 

 Taxable                                Amount

 

 Distributions                          Code        Amount Type

 

 Received From                          1           Patronage

 

 Cooperatives                                       dividends

 

                                        2           Nonpatronage

 

                                                    distributions

 

                                        3           Per-unit retain

 

                                                    allocations

 

                                        4           Federal income tax

 

                                                    withheld (Backup

 

                                                    Withholding)

 

                                        5           Redemption of

 

                                                    nonqualified

 

                                                    notices and retain

 

                                                    allocations

 

                                        6           Investment credit

 

                                                    (see Note)

 

                                        7           Energy investment

 

                                                    credit (see Note)

 

 

                                        8           Jobs credit (see

 

                                                    Note)

 

                                        9           Low income housing

 

                                                    credit (see Note)

 

 

 NOTE: The amounts shown for Amount Indicators 6, 7, 8 and 9 must be

 

 reported to the payee; however, they need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             1099-R:

 

 Form 1099-R

 

 (Replaces Form W-2P) -                 Amount

 

 (See Note 1)                           Code        Amount Type

 

 Distributions                          1           Gross distribution

 

 From Pensions, Annuities,                          (see Note 2)

 

 Retirement or Profit-                  2           Taxable amount

 

 Sharing Plans,                                     (see Note 3)

 

 IRAs, Insurance Contracts,             3           Amount in Amount

 

 etc.                                               Code 2 eligible

 

                                                    for capital gain

 

                                                    election

 

                                        4           Federal income tax

 

                                                    withheld (see Note

 

                                                    4)

 

                                        5           Employee

 

                                                    contributions or

 

                                                    insurance premiums

 

                                        6           Net unrealized

 

                                                    appreciation in

 

                                                    employer's

 

                                                    securities

 

                                        8           Other

 

                                        9           State income tax

 

                                                    withheld (see Note

 

                                                    5)

 

 

 NOTE 1: Additional information may be required in the Payee "B"

 

 Record for some filers of Form 1099-R. Refer to positions 45 thru 49

 

 of the Payee "B" Record.

 

 

 NOTE 2: If the payment shown for Amount Code 1 is a total

 

 distribution, enter a "1" in position 48 of the Payee "B" Record.

 

 

 NOTE 3: If a distribution is a loss, do not enter a negative amount.

 

 For example, if stock is distributed but the value is less than the

 

 employee's after tax contribution, enter the value of the stock in

 

 Amount Code 1, enter zero (0) in Amount Code 2, and enter the

 

 employee's contribution in Amount Code 5.

 

 

 If taxable amount cannot be determined, enter a "1" in position 49 of

 

 the Payee "B" Record.

 

 

 NOTE 4: See the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and

 

 W-2G" for further information concerning the definition of federal

 

 income tax withheld for Form 1099-R.

 

 

 NOTE 5: State income tax withheld has been added for the convenience

 

 of the payer but need not be reported to IRS.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             Form 1099-S:

 

 Form 1099-S -

 

 Proceeds From                          Amount

 

 Real Estate                            Code        Amount Type

 

 Transactions                           2           Gross Proceeds

 

                                                    (see Note)

 

 

 NOTE: Report payments of TIMBER royalties made under a "pay-as-cut"

 

 contract here. For more information, see Ann. 90-129, 1990 48 I.R.B.

 

 10. If timber royalties are being reported, enter "TIMBER" in the

 

 description field of the "B" Record.

 

 

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             5948:

 

 Form 5498 -

 

 Individual                             Amount

 

 Retirement                             Code        Amount Type

 

 Arrangement                            1           Regular IRA

 

 Information (see                                   contributions made

 

 Note)                                              in 1991 and 1992

 

                                                    for 1991

 

                                        2           Rollover IRA

 

                                                    contributions

 

                                        3           Life insurance

 

                                                    cost included in

 

                                                    Amount Code 1

 

                                        4           Fair market value

 

                                                    of the account

 

 

NOTE: Form 5498 is filed for each person for whom you maintained an Individual Retirement Arrangement (IRA) (including an Individual Retirement Arrangement maintained as part of a Simplified Employee Pension (SEP)) during 1991. Amount Code 4 represents the value of the Account. Trustees and issuers of IRAs and SEPs must report the value of accounts in existence on the last day of the year, even if no contributions were made during the year. However, if a total distribution was made from an IRA during the year and no contributions were made for that year, you need not file Form 5498 to reflect that the fair market value on December 31 was zero. Do not report employer SEP contributions on Form 5498; however, you must report the value of an SEP account. For an IRA, use all applicable Amount Codes. If no IRA contributions were made for 1991, you will use only Amount Code 4. Only IRA contributions to be applied to 1991 that are made between January 1, 1991, and April 15, 1992, are to be reported in Amount Code 1.

For information concerning Inherited IRA reporting, see the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" and Rev. Proc. 89-52, 1989-2 C.B. 632. Beneficiary information must be given in the Payee Name Line of the "B" Record.

 Amount                                 For Reporting Payments on Form

 

 Indicators                             W-2G:

 

 Form W-2G -

 

 Certain Gambling                       Amount

 

 Winnings                               Code        Amount Type

 

                                        1           Gross winnings

 

                                        2           Federal income tax

 

                                                    withheld

 

                                        3           State income tax

 

                                                    withheld (see

 

                                                    Note)

 

                                        7           Winnings from

 

                                                    identical wagers

 

 

 NOTE: State income tax withheld has been added for the convenience of

 

 the payer but need not be reported to IRS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 33         Test/              1        REQUIRED. Enter "T" if TEST

 

            Correction                  file. Enter "C" if CORRECTION

 

            Indicator                   file. Enter blank if original

 

                                        submission OR original

 

                                        submission that has been

 

                                        returned by IRS/MCC for

 

                                        replacement. Refer to Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 12.04 to distinguish

 

                                        between correction and

 

                                        replacement.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 34         Service            1        REQUIRED. Enter "1" if you

 

            Bureau                      used a Service Bureau to

 

            Indicator                   develop and/or transmit your

 

                                        files; otherwise leave blank.

 

                                        See Part A, Sec. 18 for the

 

                                        definition of a Service

 

                                        Bureau.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 35-44      Blank              10       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 45-49      Transmitter        5        REQUIRED. Enter the five

 

            Control Code                character alpha/numeric

 

            (TCC)                       Transmitter Control Code

 

                                        assigned by IRS. You MUST have

 

                                        a TCC to file data on this

 

                                        program. DO NOT ENTER MORE

 

                                        THAN ONE TCC PER FILE.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 50         Foreign            1        Enter a "1" if the payer is a

 

            Corporation                 foreign corporation and income

 

            Indicator                   is paid by the corporation to

 

                                        a U.S. resident from sources

 

                                        outside of the United States.

 

                                        (See Part A, Sec. 18 for the

 

                                        definition of a Foreign

 

                                        Corporation.) If the payer is

 

                                        not a foreign corporation,

 

                                        enter a blank. (See Note)

 

 

 NOTE: Some filers are submitting their files with a "1" coded in

 

 Position 50 in all of the records contained on the file, whether the

 

 payer is a foreign corporation or not. Records that are coded as

 

 foreign corporations are processed differently than those that are

 

 coded with a blank in Position 50. If your program automatically

 

 codes a "1" in Position 50, all of the records on your file will be

 

 processed as foreign corporations. If you erroneously report

 

 corporations as foreign, you may be subject to a penalty for

 

 providing incorrect information to IRS. Therefore, be sure to code

 

 only those records as foreign corporations that should be coded as

 

 such.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 51-90      First              40       REQUIRED. Enter the name of

 

            Payer Name                  the payer whose TIN appears

 

                                        in Sector 1, positions 8-16,

 

                                        in the manner in which it was

 

                                        used when the TIN was

 

                                        acquired. Any extraneous

 

                                        information must be deleted

 

                                        from the name line. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill with blanks.

 

                                        (Do not enter the Transfer

 

                                        Agent's name in this field.

 

                                        The Transfer Agent's name

 

                                        should appear in the Second

 

                                        Payer Name field.)

 

 

 NOTE: When reporting Form 1098, Mortgage Interest Statement, the "A"

 

 Record will reflect the name and EIN of the recipient of the interest

 

 (the filer). The "B" Record will reflect the individual paying the

 

 interest (the payer of record) and the amount paid. For Form 1099-S,

 

 the "A" Record will reflect the person responsible for reporting the

 

 transaction and the "B" Record will reflect the seller.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 91-130     Second             40       The contents of this field are

 

            Payer Name                  dependent upon the TRANSFER

 

                                        AGENT INDICATOR in Sector 1,

 

                                        Position 131. If the Transfer

 

                                        Agent Indicator contains a

 

                                        "1", this field must contain

 

                                        the name of the Transfer

 

                                        Agent. If the Transfer Agent

 

 

                                        Indicator contains a "0"

 

                                        (zero), this field must

 

                                        contain either a continuation

 

                                        of the First Payer Name field

 

                                        or blanks. Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. IF NO ENTRIES ARE

 

                                        PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD, FILL

 

                                        WITH BLANKS. (See Part A, Sec.

 

                                        18 for a definition of

 

                                        Transfer Agent.)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 131        Transfer           1        REQUIRED. Identifies the

 

            Agent                       entity in the Second Payer

 

            Indicator                   Name field. (See Part A, Sec.

 

                                        18 for a definition of

 

                                        Transfer Agent.)

 

 

                                        Code        Meaning

 

                                        1           The entity in the

 

                                                    Second Payer Name

 

                                                    field is the

 

                                                    Transfer Agent.

 

                                        0 (zero)    The entity shown

 

                                                    is not the

 

                                                    Transfer Agent

 

                                                    (i.e., the Second

 

                                                    Payer Name field

 

                                                    contains either a

 

                                                    continuation of

 

                                                    the First Payer

 

                                                    Name field or

 

                                                    blanks).

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 132-171    Payer                40     REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

            Shipping                    AGENT INDICATOR in Sector 1,

 

            Address                     position 131 is a "1", enter

 

                                        the shipping address of the

 

                                        Transfer Agent. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter the ACTUAL shipping

 

                                        address of the payer. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 172-211    Payer City,        40       REQUIRED. If the TRANSFER

 

            State and ZIP               AGENT INDICATOR in Sector 1,

 

            Code                        position 131 is a "1", enter

 

                                        the City, Town, or Post

 

                                        Office, State and ZIP Code of

 

                                        the Transfer Agent. Otherwise,

 

                                        enter the City, Town, or Post

 

                                        Office, State and ZIP Code of

 

 

                                        the payer. Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 212-256    Blank              45       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 2-Need only be used if the Payer and Transmitter are not the

 

 same.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record             1        REQUIRED. Must be "2". Used to

 

            Sequence                    sequence the sectors making up

 

                                        a PAYER Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "A".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-82       Transmitter        80       REQUIRED. (Only if payer and

 

            Name                        transmitter are not the same.)

 

                                        Enter the name of the

 

                                        transmitter in the manner in

 

                                        which it is used in normal

 

                                        business. The name of the

 

                                        transmitter must be

 

                                        reported in the same manner

 

                                        throughout the entire file.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill with

 

                                        blanks. If the payer and

 

                                        transmitter are the same,

 

                                        enter blanks in this field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 83-122     Transmitter          40     REQUIRED. (Only if payer and

 

            Mailing                     transmitter are not the same.)

 

            Address                     Enter the mailing address of

 

                                        the transmitter. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P.O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill with blanks. If the payer

 

                                        and transmitter are the same,

 

                                        enter blanks in this field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 123-162    Transmitter        40       REQUIRED. (Only if the payer

 

            City, State and             and transmitter are not the

 

            ZIP Code                    same.) Enter the City, Town,

 

                                        or Post Office, State and ZIP

 

                                        Code of the transmitter.

 

                                        Left-justify and fill with

 

                                        blanks. If the payer and

 

                                        transmitter are the same,

 

                                        enter blanks in this field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 163-256    Blank              94       Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 3. PAYER/TRANSMITTER "A" RECORD LAYOUT

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 4 PAYEE "B" RECORD - GENERAL INFORMATION FOR ALL FORMS

.01 This section contains the general information concerning the Payee "B" Record for all information returns filed on double sided/double density soft-sectored diskettes. For a detailed description of the record refer to the following in Part E:

(a) Sec. 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G. (See Part E, Sec. 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 for field descriptions for Sector 2 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.)

(b) Sec. 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

(c) Sec. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A.

(d) Sec. 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B.

(e) Sec. 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID.

(f) Sec. 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S.

(g) Sec. 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G.

For tax year 1991 data, all "B" Records will consist of two sectors of 256 positions each. In the "A" Record, the Amount Indicators that appear in diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 will be left-justified and blank filled. In the "B" Record, you will allow for all nine payment amount fields and for those not used, enter zeros. For example, if you are reporting on Form 1099-PATR, you will enter a "7" in diskette position 23 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record, Type of Return field. If you are reporting payments for Amount Codes 2, 4 and 7, then diskette positions 24 through 32 of Sector 1 of the "A" Record will be "247bbbbbb" (b = blanks). In the "B" Record:

Positions 52 through 61 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 1 will be zeros.

Positions 62-71 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Nonpatronage distributions."

Positions 72-81 of Sector 1 for Payment Amount 3 will be zeros.

Positions 82-91 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Federal income tax withheld."

Positions 92-111 of Sector 1 for Payment Amounts 5 and 6 will be zeros.

Positions 112-121 of Sector 1 will reflect the actual payment amount to be reported for "Energy investment credit."

Positions 122-141 of Sector 1 for Payment Amounts 8 and 9 will be zeros.

.02 The record layout for Sector 1 will be the same for all "B" Records. Sector 2, however, will be different for Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G. Refer to Part E, Sec. 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 respectively for the record layouts for Sector 2 of these records.

.03 The following specifications include a field in the payee records called "Name Control" in which the first four characters of the payee's surname or last name are to be entered by the payers.

.04 If payers are unable to provide the first four characters of the surname, the Name Control Field may be left blank; however, compliance with the following will facilitate IRS computer programs in generating the Name Control.

(a) The surname of the payee whose SSN is shown in the "B" Record should always appear first. If, however, you enter the first name first, you must leave a blank space between the first and last names.

(b) In the case of multiple payees, only the surname of the payee whose TIN (SSN or EIN) is shown in the "B" Record, must be present in the First Payee Name field. Surnames of any other payees in the record may be entered in the Second Payee Name field.

.05 A field is also provided in these specifications for Special Data Entries. This field may be used to record information required by state or local governments or for the filer's own personal use. IRS does not use the data provided in the Special Data Entries field; therefore, the IRS program doesn't check the content or format of the data entered in this field. It is the filer's choice whether or not this field is used. If this field is coded, it will not affect the processing of the "B" Records.

.06 Those filers participating in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program must adhere to specifications in Part A, Sec. 17, in order to participate in this program.

.07 All alpha characters entered in the "B" Record should be uppercase.

.08 Do not use decimal points (.) to indicate dollars and cents, e.g., 0000001000 for $10.00

.09 IRS STRONGLY ENCOURAGES FILERS TO REVIEW THEIR DATA FOR ACCURACY BEFORE SUBMISSION TO PREVENT ISSUANCE OF ERRONEOUS NOTICES TO PERSONS FOR WHOM REPORTS ARE FILED. FILERS SHOULD BE ESPECIALLY CAREFUL THAT THEIR NAMES, TINs, ACCOUNT NUMBERS, TYPES OF INCOME AND INCOME AMOUNTS ARE CORRECT.

.10 WHEN REPORTING FORM 1098, MORTGAGE INTEREST STATEMENT, THE "A" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE NAME AND EIN OF THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST (THE FILER). THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE INTEREST (THE BORROWER/PAYER OF RECORD) AND THE AMOUNT PAID. FOR FORMS 1099-S THE "A" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR REPORTING THE TRANSACTION. THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE SELLER

SEC. 5. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

For Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G, see Part E, Sec. 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 respectively for the field descriptions and record layouts for Sector 2 of these records.

NOTE: For all fields marked REQUIRED, you must provide the information described under Description and Remarks. For those fields not marked REQUIRED, you must allow for the field but may be instructed to enter blanks or zeros in the indicated diskette position(s) and for the indicated length. When using double density diskettes, each "B" Record will consist of two 256 position sectors.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record             1        REQUIRED. Must be a "1". It is

 

            Sequence                    used to sequence the sectors

 

                                        making up a PAYEE Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B."

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-4        Payment Year       2        REQUIRED. Enter "91."

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 5-6        Document           2        REQUIRED for Forms 1099-G,

 

            Specific                    1099-MISC, 1099-R AND

 

            Code                        W-2G. FOR ALL OTHER FORMS, OR

 

                                        IF NOT USED, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

            Tax Year of                 For Form 1099-G, use only for

 

            Refund                      reporting the tax year for

 

            (Form 1099-G                which the refund, credit or

 

            only)                       offset was issued. Enter in

 

                                        position 5; position 6 will be

 

                                        blank.

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset is not attributable to

 

                                        income tax from a trade or

 

                                        business, enter the NUMERIC

 

                                        year from the table below for

 

                                        which the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset was issued (e.g., for

 

                                        1990, enter 0).

 

 

                                        If the refund, credit or

 

                                        offset is exclusively

 

                                        attributable to income from a

 

                                        trade or business, and is not

 

                                        of general application, enter

 

                                        the ALPHA equivalent of the

 

                                        year from the table below

 

                                        (e.g., for 1990, enter J).

 

 

                                                           Year for

 

                                                            Which

 

                                            Year for    TRADE/BUSINESS

 

                                              Which       Refund was

 

                                             GENERAL        Issued

 

                                            Refund was      (Alpha

 

                                             Issued       Equivalent)

 

                                                1              A

 

                                                2              B

 

                                                3              C

 

                                                4              D

 

                                                5              E

 

                                                6              F

 

                                                7              G

 

                                                8              H

 

                                                9              I

 

                                                0              J

 

 

            Crop Insurance              For Form 1099-G, use only for

 

            Proceeds or                 reporting the tax year for

 

            Excess Golden               which the refund, credit or

 

            Parachute Payments          offset was issued. Enter in

 

            (Form 1099-MISC             position 5; position 6 will be

 

            only)                       blank.

 

 

                                        Enter 1 if the payment amount

 

                                        reported for Amount Code 7 is

 

                                        Crop Insurance Proceeds.

 

                                        Position 6 will be blank.

 

 

                                        Enter 2 if the payment amount

 

                                        reported for Amount Code 7 is

 

                                        Excess Golden Parachute

 

                                        Payment. Position 6 will be

 

                                        blank.

 

 

            Distribution                For Form 1099-R, enter the

 

            Code (Form 1099-R)          appropriate Distribution

 

 

            (see note)                  Code(s). More than one code

 

                                        may apply for Form 1099-R;

 

                                        however, if only one code is

 

                                        required, it MUST be entered

 

                                        in position 5. Position 6 will

 

                                        be blank. You MUST enter at

 

                                        least one (1) Distribution

 

                                        Code for Form 1099-R. BLANKS

 

                                        in BOTH positions 5 and 6 are

 

                                        NOT acceptable.

 

 

                                        Enter the applicable code from

 

                                        the table that follows. A "0"

 

                                        (zero) is not a valid code for

 

                                        Form 1099-R. Position 5 must

 

                                        contain a numeric code in all

 

                                        cases except when using "P" or

 

                                        "D". Distribution Code A, B or

 

                                        C must be entered in position

 

                                        6 with the applicable numeric

 

                                        code in position 5.

 

 

                                        When using Code P for an IRA

 

                                        distribution under section

 

                                        408(d) (4) of the Internal

 

                                        Revenue Code, you may also

 

                                        enter Code 1, if it applies.

 

                                        If you are reporting a total

 

                                        distribution from a plan that

 

                                        includes a distribution of a

 

                                        DEC, you must report two

 

                                        separate "B" Records: one to

 

                                        report the distribution of the

 

                                        DEC; the other to report the

 

                                        distribution from the other

 

                                        part of the plan.

 

 

                                        In addition, if more than one

 

                                        numeric code is applicable to

 

                                        different parts of a

 

                                        distribution, report two

 

                                        separate "B" Records.

 

 

                                        Category                  Code

 

                                        Early (premature)        1 /*/

 

                                          distribution, no

 

                                          known exception

 

                                        Early (premature)        2 /*/

 

                                          distribution,

 

                                          exception applies (as

 

                                          defined in Section

 

                                          72(q), (t), or (v) of

 

                                          the IR code) other

 

                                          than disability or

 

                                          death

 

                                        Disability               3 /*/

 

                                        Death (includes          4 /*/

 

                                          payments to a

 

                                          beneficiary)

 

                                        Prohibited transaction   5 /*/

 

                                        Section 1035 Exchange    6

 

                                        Normal distribution      7 /*/

 

                                        Excess contributions     8 /*/

 

                                          plus earnings/excess

 

                                          deferrals

 

                                          (and/or earnings)

 

                                          taxable in 1991

 

                                        PS58 costs               9

 

                                        Excess contributions     P /*/

 

                                          plus earnings/excess

 

                                          deferrals

 

                                          (and/or earnings)

 

                                          taxable in 1990

 

                                        Qualifies for 5-year/    A

 

                                          10-year averaging

 

                                        Qualifies for death

 

                                          benefit exclusion      B

 

                                        Qualifies for both A     C

 

                                          and B

 

                                        Excess Contributions     D /*/

 

                                          plus earnings/excess

 

                                          deferrals taxable in

 

                                          1989

 

 

/*/ If you are reporting an IRA or SEP distribution for Codes 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, P or D you MUST code a "1" in Position 45 of the "B" Record.

NOTE: For detailed explanations of the distribution codes, see the 1991 "Instructions for Form 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" included in your Magnetic Media Reporting Packages.

            Type of                     For Form W-2G, enter the

 

            Wager (Form                 applicable code in position 5.

 

            W-2G Only)                  Position 6 will be blank.

 

 

                                        Category                 Code

 

                                        Horse Race Track          1

 

                                          (or Off Track Betting

 

                                          of a Horse Track

 

                                          nature)

 

                                        Dog Race Track (or Off    2

 

                                          Track Betting of a Dog

 

                                          Track nature)

 

                                        Jai-alai                  3

 

                                        State Conducted Lottery   4

 

                                        Keno                      5

 

                                        Casino Type Bingo.        6

 

                                          DO NOT use this code

 

                                          for any other type of

 

                                          bingo winnings (e.g.,

 

                                          church or Fire Dept.)

 

                                        Slot Machines             7

 

                                        Any other type of         8

 

                                          gambling winnings.

 

                                          (This includes Church

 

                                          Bingo, Fire Dept.

 

                                          Bingo, unlabeled

 

                                          winnings, etc.)

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 7          2nd TIN            1        For Forms 1099-INT, 1099-DIV,

 

            Notice                      1099-OID, 1099-PATR, 1099-

 

                                        MISC, and 1099-B only.

 

 

                                        Enter "1" if you wish to

 

                                        indicate that you were

 

                                        notified by IRS twice within 3

 

                                        calendar years that the payee

 

                                        provided an incorrect taxpayer

 

                                        identification number;

 

                                        otherwise enter a blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 8          Corrected          1        Enter 'G' to indicate a

 

            Return                      corrected return, otherwise,

 

            Indicator                   enter blank. Refer to Part A,

 

                                        Sec. 14 for specific

 

                                        instructions on how to file

 

                                        corrected returns.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 9-12       Name Control       4        Enter the first four (4)

 

                                        characters of the surname

 

                                        (last name) of the payee. The

 

                                        surname of the person whose

 

                                        TIN is being reported in

 

                                        positions 16-24 of the "B"

 

                                        Record MUST be used to

 

                                        determine the Name Control.

 

                                        This is especially important

 

                                        in the case of trustee

 

                                        accounts. IF THE NAME THAT

 

                                        CORRESPONDS TO THE TIN IS NOT

 

                                        INCLUDED IN THE FIRST OR

 

                                        SECOND PAYEE NAME LINE, EVERY

 

                                        EFFORT SHOULD BE MADE TO

 

                                        DEVELOP THE CORRECT NAME

 

                                        CONTROL OF THE NAME THAT

 

                                        CORRESPONDS TO THE TIN.

 

                                        Surnames of less than four (4)

 

                                        characters should be left-

 

                                        justified, filling the unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. Special

 

                                        characters and imbedded blanks

 

                                        should be removed. In the case

 

                                        of a business, use the first

 

                                        four significant characters of

 

 

                                        the business name. Disregard

 

                                        the word "the" when it is the

 

                                        first word of the name, UNLESS

 

                                        there are only two words in

 

                                        the name. IF THE NAME CONTROL

 

                                        IS NOT DETERMINABLE BY THE

 

                                        PAYER, LEAVE THIS FIELD BLANK.

 

                                        (See Part A, Sec. 15 for

 

                                        information on Name Controls.)

 

                                        A dash (-) and ampersand (&)

 

                                        are the only acceptable

 

                                        special characters. Surname

 

                                        prefixes are considered part

 

                                        of the surname, i.e., for Van

 

                                        Elm, the name control would be

 

                                        VANE.

 

 

 NOTE: Although extraneous words, titles, and special characters are

 

 allowed (i.e., Mr., Mrs., Dr., apostrophe, dash, etc.), this

 

 information may be dropped during subsequent IRS/MCC processing AFTER

 

 data has been successfully processed.

 

 

 The following examples may be helpful to you in developing the Name

 

 Control:

 

 

                                   NAME                       NAME

 

                                                              CONTROL

 

 Individuals:

 

                                   Jane Brown                 BROW

 

                                   John A. Lee                LEE /*/

 

                                   James P. En, Sr.           EN /*/

 

                                   John O'Neil                ONEI

 

                                   Mary Van Buren             VANB

 

                                   Juan De Jesus              DEJE

 

                                   Gloria A. El-Roy           EL-R

 

                                   Mr. John Smith             SMIT

 

                                   Joe McCarthy               MCCA

 

                                   Pedro Torres-Lopes         TORR

 

                                   Maria Lopez Moreno /**/    LOPE

 

                                   Binh To La                 LA /*/

 

                                   Nhat Thi Pham              PHAM

 

                                   Mark D'Allesandro          DALL

 

 

                                   NAME                       NAME

 

                                                              CONTROL

 

 Corporations:

 

                                   The First National Bank    FIRS

 

                                   The Hideaway               THEH

 

                                   A & B Cafe                 A&BC

 

 

 Sole Proprietor:

 

                                   Jane and Mark Hemlock

 

                                   c/o The Sunshine Club      HEML

 

 Partnership:

 

                                   Robert Aspen and           ASPE

 

                                   Bess Willow

 

                                   Harold Fir, Bruce Elm,

 

                                   and

 

                                   Joyce Spruce               FIR /*/

 

                                   et al Ptr

 

 Estate:

 

                                   Frank White Estate         WHIT

 

                                   Sheila Blue Estate         BLUE

 

 Trusts and Fiduciaries:

 

                                   Daisy Corporation          DAIS

 

                                   Employee Benefit Trust

 

                                   Trust FBO The              CHER

 

                                   Cherryblossom Society

 

 Exempt Organization:

 

                                   Laborer's Union, AFL-CIO   LABO

 

                                   St. Bernard's Methodist    STBE

 

                                   Church Bldg. Fund

 

 

/*/ Name Controls of less than four (4) significant characters must be left-justified and blank filled.

/**/ For Hispanic names, when two last names are shown for an individual, derive the name control from the first last name.

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 13-14      Blank              2        Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 15         Type of            1        REQUIRED. This field is used

 

            TIN                         to identify the Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number (TIN) in

 

                                        positions 16-24 as either an

 

                                        Employer Identification

 

                                        Number, a Social Security

 

                                        Number, or that the type is

 

                                        undeterminable. Enter the

 

                                        appropriate code from the

 

                                        following table:

 

 

                                         Type of         Type of

 

                                           TIN   TIN     Account

 

                                            1    EIN   A business,

 

                                                       organization,

 

                                                       or other

 

                                                       entity that

 

                                                       is not an

 

                                                       individual

 

                                            2    SSN   An individual

 

                                          blank  N/A   If the type

 

                                                       of TIN is

 

                                                       undeterminable,

 

                                                       enter a blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 16-24      Taxpayer           9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9-

 

            Identification              digit Taxpayer Identification

 

            Number                      Number of the payee (SSN or

 

                                        EIN, as appropriate). If an

 

                                        identification number has been

 

                                        applied for but not received,

 

                                        enter blanks. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        HYPHENS, ALPHA CHARACTERS, ALL

 

                                        9's OR ALL ZEROS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 25-44      Payer's            20       DO NOT ENTER A TAXPAYER

 

            Account                     IDENTIFICATION NUMBER IN THIS

 

            Number                      FIELD. We strongly encourage

 

            for Payee                   the payer to use this field to

 

                                        enter the payee's account

 

                                        number, which can be any

 

                                        number assigned by the payer

 

                                        to the payee (e.g., checking

 

                                        account or savings account

 

                                        number). THIS NUMBER WILL HELP

 

                                        TO DISTINGUISH THE INDIVIDUAL

 

                                        PAYEE'S ACCOUNT WITH YOU AND

 

                                        SHOULD BE UNIQUE FOR EACH

 

                                        DOCUMENT SO AS TO IDENTIFY A

 

                                        SPECIFIC TRANSACTION IF

 

                                        MULTIPLE RETURNS ARE FILED FOR

 

                                        ONE PAYEE. This information is

 

                                        particularly useful if

 

                                        corrections are filed. This

 

                                        number will be provided with

 

                                        your Backup Witholding

 

                                        notification from the IRS and

 

                                        may be used to identify the

 

                                        branch or subsidiary reporting

 

                                        the transaction. YOU ARE

 

                                        STRONGLY ENCOURAGED TO USE

 

                                        THIS FIELD. Do not define data

 

                                        in this field in packed

 

                                        decimal format. If fewer than

 

                                        twenty characters are used,

 

                                        you may either left- or right-

 

                                        justify, filling the remaining

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 45         IRA/SEP            1        This field is only used when

 

            Indicator                   reporting Form 1099-R. This

 

                                        field will be coded ONLY if

 

                                        you entered a code 1, 2, 3, 4,

 

                                        5, 7, 8, P or D in either

 

                                        Position 5 or 6, Document

 

                                        Specific Code, of the Payee

 

                                        "B" Record, AND you are

 

                                        reporting a distribution from

 

                                        an IRA or SEP.

 

 

                                        Enter '1' if you are reporting

 

                                        an IRA/SEP Distribution;

 

                                        otherwise, leave blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 46-47      Percentage of      2        This field is only used when

 

            Total                       reporting Form 1099-R, and

 

            Distribution                ONLY if you are reporting a

 

                                        total distribution to more

 

                                        than one person. If the

 

                                        percentage is 100, leave this

 

                                        field blank. If the percentage

 

                                        is a fraction, round off to

 

                                        the nearest whole number (for

 

                                        example, 10.4% will be 10%;

 

                                        10.5% or more will be 11%).

 

 

                                        Enter the percentage received

 

                                        by the person whose TIN is

 

                                        included in positions 16-24 of

 

                                        the "B" Record. This field

 

                                        must be right-justified, and

 

                                        unused positions must be zero

 

                                        filled. If not applicable,

 

                                        enter blanks. You need not

 

                                        enter this information for IRA

 

                                        or SEP distribution.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 48         Total              1        This field is only used when

 

            Distribution                reporting Form 1099-R. Enter

 

                                        Indicator a "1" only if the

 

                                        payment shown in Amount Code 1

 

                                        is a total distribution that

 

                                        closed out the account;

 

                                        otherwise, enter blank.

 

 

 NOTE: A total distribution is one or more distributions within one

 

 tax year in which the entire balance of the account is distributed.

 

 Any distribution that does not meet this definition is not a total

 

 distribution.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 49         Taxable            1        This field is only used when

 

            Amount Not                  reporting Form 1099-R. Enter a

 

            Determined                  "1" only if you CANNOT compute

 

            Indicator                   the taxable amount of the

 

                                        payment entered in Amount Code

 

                                        1 of the "A" Record. If the

 

                                        indicator is used, enter 0

 

                                        (zeros) in Payment Amount

 

                                        Field 2 of the "B" Record.

 

                                        Please make every effort to

 

                                        compute the taxable amount.

 

                                        Enter a blank if the taxable

 

                                        amount CAN be determined.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 50-51      Blank              2        Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

            Payment                     REQUIRED. You must allow for

 

            Amount Fields               all payment amounts. For those

 

            (Must be                    not used, you must enter

 

            numeric                     zeros. For example: If

 

                                        position 23 of the "A" Record

 

                                        is "7" (for 1099-PATR) and

 

                                        positions 24-32 are

 

                                        "247bbbbbb" (b = blank), this

 

                                        indicates that you will be

 

                                        reporting 3 actual payment

 

                                        amounts in the following "B"

 

                                        Records. Payment Amount 1 will

 

                                        be all "0" (zeros), Payment

 

                                        Amount 2 will represent

 

                                        Nonpatronage distributions,

 

                                        Payment Amount 3 will be all

 

                                        "0" (zeros), Payment Amount 4

 

                                        will represent Federal income

 

                                        tax withheld, Payment Amounts

 

                                        5 and 6 will be all "0"

 

                                        (zeros), Payment Amount 7 will

 

                                        represent Energy investment

 

                                        credit, and Payment Amounts 8

 

                                        and 9 will be all "0" (zeros).

 

                                        Each payment field must

 

                                        contain 10 numeric characters

 

                                        (see Note).

 

                                        Each payment amount must be

 

                                        entered in U.S. dollars and

 

                                        cents. The rightmost two

 

                                        positions represent cents in

 

                                        the Payment Amount fields. Do

 

                                        not enter dollar signs,

 

                                        commas, decimal points or

 

                                        NEGATIVE PAYMENTS, except

 

                                        those items that reflect a

 

                                        loss  on Form 1099-B. Positive

 

 

                                        and negative amounts are

 

                                        indicated by placing a "+" or

 

                                        "-" (minus sign) in the

 

                                        leftmost position of the

 

                                        payment amount field. A

 

                                        negative overpunch in the

 

                                        units position may be used,

 

                                        instead of a minus sign, to

 

                                        indicate a negative amount. If

 

                                        a plus sign, minus sign, or

 

                                        negative overpunch is not

 

                                        used, the number is assumed to

 

                                        be positive. PAYMENT AMOUNTS

 

                                        MUST BE RIGHT-JUSTIFIED AND

 

                                        UNUSED POSITIONS MUST BE ZERO

 

                                        FILLED FEDERAL INCOME TAX

 

                                        WITHHELD CANNOT BE REPORTED AS

 

                                        A NEGATIVE AMOUNT ON ANY FORM.

 

 

                                        NOTE: If you are reporting a

 

                                        money amount in excess of

 

                                        9999999999 (dollars and

 

                                        cents), it must be reported as

 

                                        follows:

 

                                        (1) The first "B" Record MUST

 

                                        contain 9999999999.

 

                                        (2) The second "B" Record will

 

                                        contain the remaining money

 

                                        amounts.

 

                                        DO NOT SPLIT THIS FIGURE IN

 

                                        HALF.

 

 

 52-61      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 1 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 1 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 62-71      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 2 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 2 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 72-81      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 3 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 3 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 82-91      Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 4 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 4 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 92-101     Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 5 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 5 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 102-111    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 6 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 6 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 112-121    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 7 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 7 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 122-131    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 8 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 8 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

 132-141    Payment            10       The amount reported in this

 

            Amount 9 /*/                field represents payments for

 

                                        Amount Code 9 in the

 

                                        Payer/Transmitter "A" Record.

 

 

/*/ If there are discrepancies between these Payment Amount Codes and the boxes on the paper forms, the instructions in this revenue procedure govern.

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 142-161    Blank              20       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 162        Foreign            1        REQUIRED. If the payee address

 

            Country                     is in a foreign country, enter

 

            Indicator                   a "1" in this field. This will

 

                                        allow you to use free format

 

                                        for the Payee Address, City,

 

                                        State and ZIP Code. Address

 

                                        information must not appear in

 

                                        the First or Second Payee Name

 

                                        Lines.

 

 

                                        If the payee address is a U.S.

 

                                        address, you must enter a

 

                                        blank in this field, and use

 

                                        the U.S. Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviations indiskette

 

                                        positions 72 and 73 of Sector

 

                                        2 of the "B" Record. These

 

                                        abbreviations are provided in

 

                                        Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 163-202    First Payee        40       REQUIRED. Do not enter address

 

            Name Line                   information in this field.

 

                                        Enter the name of the payee

 

                                        (preferably surname (last

 

                                        name) first) whose Taxpayer

 

                                        Identification Number (TIN)

 

                                        appears in Sector 1, positions

 

                                        16-24 of the "B" Record. If

 

                                        fewer than 40 characters are

 

                                        required, left justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. If more space is

 

                                        required for the name, utilize

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field. If there are multiple

 

                                        payees, only the name of the

 

                                        payee whose TIN has been

 

                                        provided should be entered in

 

                                        this field. The names of the

 

                                        other payees may be entered in

 

                                        the Second Payee Name Line

 

                                        field.

 

 

 NOTE: WHEN REPORTING FORM 1098, MORTGAGE INTEREST STATEMENT, THE "A"

 

 RECORD WILL REFLECT THE NAME OF THE RECIPIENT OF THE INTEREST (THE

 

 FILER). THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE INDIVIDUAL PAYING THE

 

 INTEREST (THE BORROWER/PAYER OF RECORD) AND THE AMOUNT PAID. FOR

 

 FORMS 1099-S, THE "B" RECORD WILL REFLECT THE SELLER INFORMATION.

 

 

 NOTE: For Form 5498 Inherited IRAs, enter the beneficiary's name

 

 followed by word "beneficiary." For example, "Brian Young as

 

 beneficiary of Joan Smith" or something similar that signifies that

 

 the IRA was once owned by Joan Smith. You may abbreviate the word

 

 "beneficiary" as, for example, "benef." Refer to the 1991

 

 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G." The

 

 beneficiary's TIN should be reported in position 16-24 of the "B"

 

 Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 203-242    Second Payee       40       If the payee name requires

 

            Name Line                   more space than is available

 

                                        in the First Payee Name Line,

 

                                        enter only the remaining

 

                                        portion of the name in this

 

                                        field. If there are multiple

 

                                        payees (e.g., partners or

 

                                        joint owners), we encourage

 

                                        you to use this field for

 

                                        those payees' names not

 

                                        associated with the TIN in

 

                                        positions 16-24 of the "B"

 

                                        Record. Do not enter address

 

                                        information in this field.

 

                                        NOTE: It is important that you

 

                                        provide as much payee

 

                                        information to IRS as possible

 

                                        to identify the owner of the

 

                                        TIN. Left-justify and fill

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        FILL WITH BLANKS IF NO ENTRIES

 

                                        ARE PRESENT FOR THIS FIELD.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 243-256    Blank              14       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 2-See Part E, Sec. 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11 for field descriptions

 

 

 for Sector 2 of Forms 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S and W-2G.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record             1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B."

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P.O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

                                        Any format can be used in

 

                                        reporting a foreign mailing

 

                                        address.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

      For U.S. addresses, the Payee City, Payee State and Payee ZIP

 

 Code must be reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively.

 

 For foreign addresses, you may use the Payee City, Payee State and

 

 Payee ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter information

 

 in the following order: city, province or state, postal code, and the

 

 name of the country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign

 

 Country Indicator must contain a "1."

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        town, or post office. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill the unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. Do not

 

                                        enter state and ZIP Code

 

                                        information in this field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 72-73      Payee State        2        REQUIRED. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service State

 

                                        abbreviations for the state as

 

                                        shown in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP          9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as you

 

                                        have entered a "1" in the

 

                                        Foreign Country Indicator

 

                                        field located in position 162

 

                                        of Sector 1 of the "B" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 83-112     Blank              30       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 113-179    Special Data       67       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 180-181    Combined           2        If this payee record is to be

 

            Federal/                    forwarded to a state agency as

 

            State Code                  part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 17, Table 1.

 

                                        For those filers or states NOT

 

                                        participating in this program

 

                                        or filers of Form 1098, ENTER

 

                                        BLANKS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 182-256    Blank              75       Enter blanks.

 

 

SEC. 6. PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUTS FOR SECTORS 1 AND 2 OF FORMS 1098, 1099-DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-MISC, 1099-PATR, 1099-R, 5498 AND SECTOR 1 OF FORMS 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-OID, 1099-S AND W-2G.

[Editor's note: These record layouts are graphic representations of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted because they provide no additional information and are not suitable for clear on-screen presentation.]

SEC. 7. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A

.01 This section contains information pertaining to Sector 2 of Form 1099-A. For detailed explanations of the 1099-A fields see the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" included in your reporting package.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 5 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the "B" Record for Forms 1099-A.

.03 FORM 1099-A CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                      FORM 1099-A - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record             1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

                                        Any format may be used in

 

                                        reporting a foreign mailing

 

                                        address.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 For U.S. addresses, the Payee City, Payee State and Payee ZIP Code

 

 must be reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively. For

 

 foreign addresses, you may use the Payee City, Payee State and Payee

 

 ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field.

 

 

 Enter information in the following order: city, province or state,

 

 postal code, and the name of the country. When reporting a foreign

 

 address, the Foreign Country Indicator must contain a "1".

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        town, or post office. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill the unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. Do not

 

                                        enter state and ZIP Code

 

                                        information in this field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 72-73      Payee State        2        REQUIRED. Enter the

 

                                        abbreviation for the state as

 

                                        shown in Part A, Sec. 18. You

 

                                        MUST use valid U.S. Postal

 

                                        Service state abbreviations

 

                                        for U.S. addresses.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP          9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as you

 

                                        have entered a "1" in the

 

                                        Foreign Country Indicator

 

                                        field, which is located in

 

                                        position 162 of Sector 1 of

 

 

                                        the "B" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 83-112     Blank              30       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 113-133    Special Data       21       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for their filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 134-139    Date of            6        REQUIRED FOR FORMS 1099-A

 

            Lender's                    ONLY. Enter the date of the

 

            Acquisition                 acquisition of the secured

 

            or Knowledge                property or the date you first

 

            of Abandonment              knew or had reason to know

 

                                        that the property was

 

                                        abandoned in the format MMDDYY

 

                                        (e.g., 102491). DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 140        Liability          1        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

            Indicator                   Enter the appropriate

 

                                        indicator from the table

 

                                        below:

 

 

                                        Indicator  Usage

 

                                        1          Borrower is

 

                                                   personally liable

 

                                                   for repayment of

 

                                                   the debt.

 

                                        Blank      Borrower is not

 

                                                   liable for

 

                                                   repayment of the

 

                                                   debt.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 141-179    Description        39       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-A ONLY.

 

            of Property                 Enter a brief description of

 

                                        the property. For example, for

 

                                        real property, enter the

 

                                        address,  or if the address

 

                                        does not sufficiently identify

 

                                        the property, enter the

 

                                        section, lot and block. For

 

                                        personal property, enter the

 

                                        type, make, and model (e.g.,

 

                                        Car-1988 Buick Regal or Office

 

                                        Equipment). Enter "CCC" for

 

                                        crops forfeited on Commodity

 

                                        Credit Corporation loans. If

 

                                        fewer than 39 positions are

 

                                        required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 180-256    Blank              77       Enter blanks.

 

 

 PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-A

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 8. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form 1099-B. For detailed explanations of the 1099-B fields see the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" included in your reporting package.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 5 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the Payee "B" Record for Form 1099-B.

.03 FORM 1099-B CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                      FORM 1099-B - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record             1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P.O. Box if mail is

 

                                        not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

                                        Any format may be used in

 

                                        reporting a foreign mailing

 

                                        address.

 

 

      For U.S. addresses, the Payee City, Payee State and Payee ZIP

 

 Code must be reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively.

 

 For foreign addresses, you may use the Payee City, Payee State and

 

 Payee ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter information

 

 in the following order: city, province or state, postal code, and the

 

 name of the country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign

 

 Country Indicator must contain a "1".

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       REQUIRED. Enter the city, town

 

                                        or post office. Left justify

 

                                        and fill the unused positions

 

                                        with blanks. Do not enter

 

                                        state and ZIP Code information

 

                                        in this field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 72-73      Payee State        2        REQUIRED. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviation for the state as

 

                                        shown in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP          9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only.

 

 

                                        For foreign countries, alpha

 

                                        characters are acceptable as

 

                                        long as you have entered a "1"

 

                                        in the Foreign Country

 

                                        Indicator field, which is

 

                                        located in position 162 of

 

                                        Sector 1 of the "B" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 83-112     Blank              30       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 113-122    Special Data       10       This portion of the "B" Record

 

            Entries                     may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for their filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 123        Gross              1        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

            Proceeds                    Enter appropriate indicator

 

            Reported to IRS             from the following table. If

 

            Indicator                   this field is not utilized,

 

                                        ENTER BLANKS.

 

 

                                         Indicator     Usage

 

                                             1         Gross Proceeds

 

                                             2         Gross Proceeds

 

                                                       less commission

 

                                                       and option

 

                                                       premiums

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 124-129    Date of            6        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

            Sale                        For broker transactions, enter

 

                                        the trade date of the

 

                                        transaction in the format

 

                                        MMDDYY (e.g., 102491). For

 

                                        barter exchanges, enter the

 

                                        date cash, property, a credit,

 

                                        or scrip is actually or

 

                                        constructively received. Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 130-142    CUSIP Number       13       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

                                        For broker transactions only,

 

                                        enter the CUSIP (Committee on

 

                                        Uniform Security

 

                                        Identification Procedures)

 

                                        number of the item reported

 

                                        for Amount Indicator "2"

 

                                        (Stocks, bonds, etc.). Enter

 

                                        blanks if this is an aggregate

 

                                        transaction. Enter "0" (zeros)

 

                                        if the number is not available

 

                                        or applicable. For CUSIP

 

                                        numbers with less than 13

 

                                        characters, right-justify and

 

                                        fill the remaining positions

 

                                        with blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 143-181    Description        39       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-B ONLY.

 

            of Property                 Enter a brief description of

 

                                        the item or services for which

 

                                        the proceeds are being

 

                                        reported. If fewer than 39

 

                                        characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 

                                        For broker transactions, enter

 

                                        a brief description of the

 

                                        deposition item, (e.g., 100

 

                                        shares of XYZ Corp.).

 

 

                                        For regulated futures and

 

                                        forward contracts, enter "RFC"

 

                                        or other appropriate

 

                                        description and any amount

 

                                        subject to backup withholding.

 

 

                                        NOTE: The amount withheld in

 

                                        these situations is to be

 

                                        included in Amount Code 4. For

 

                                        bartering transactions, show

 

                                        the services or property

 

                                        provided.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 182-256    Blank              75       Enter blanks.

 

 

      PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-B

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 9. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form 1099-OID. For detailed explanations of the Form 1099-OID fields see the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" included in your reporting package.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 5 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the "B" Record for Form 1099-OID.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                     FORM 1099-OID - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record             1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

                                        Any format may be used in

 

                                        reporting a foreign mailing

 

                                        address.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

      For U.S. addresses, the Payee City, Payee State and Payee ZIP

 

 Code must be reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively.

 

 For foreign addresses, you may use the Payee City, Payee State and

 

 Payee ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter information

 

 in the following order: city, province or state, postal code, and the

 

 name of the country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign

 

 Country Indicator must contain a "1".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       REQUIRED. Enter the city, town

 

                                        or post office. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill the unused positions

 

                                        with blanks. Do not enter

 

                                        state and ZIP Code information

 

                                        in this field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 72-73      Payee State        2        REQUIRED. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviation for the state as

 

                                        shown in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP          9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as you

 

                                        have entered a "1" in the

 

                                        Foreign Country Indicator

 

                                        field, which is located in

 

                                        position 162 of Sector 1 of

 

                                        the "B" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 83-112     Blank              30       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 113-140    Special Data       28       This portion of the payee "B"

 

            Entries                     Record may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 141-179    Description        39       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-OID

 

                                        ONLY. Enter the CUSIP Number,

 

                                        if any; if there is no CUSIP

 

                                        number, enter the abbreviation

 

                                        for the stock exchange and

 

                                        issuer, the coupon rate and

 

                                        year of maturity (e.g., NYSE

 

                                        XYZ 12 1/2 95). If fewer than

 

                                        39 characters are required,

 

                                        left-justify and fill unused

 

                                        positions with blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 180-181    Combined           2        If a payee record is to be

 

            Federal/                    forwarded to a state agency as

 

            State Code                  part of the Combined

 

                                        Federal/State Filing Program,

 

                                        enter the valid state code

 

                                        from Part A, Sec. 17, Table 1.

 

                                        For those filers or states NOT

 

                                        participating in this program,

 

                                        ENTER BLANKS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 182-256    Blank              75       Enter blanks.

 

 

    PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-OID

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SECTION 10. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form 1099-S. For detailed explanations of the 1099-S fields see the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" included in your reporting package.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 5 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the Payee "B" Record for Forms 1099-S.

.03 FORM 1099-S CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                      FORM 1099-S - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record             1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present. This field MUST NOT

 

                                        contain any data other than

 

                                        the payee's mailing address.

 

                                        Any format may be used in

 

                                        reporting a foreign mailing

 

                                        address.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

      For U.S. addresses, the Payee City, Payee State and Payee ZIP

 

 Code must be reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively.

 

 For foreign addresses, you may use the Payee City, Payee State and

 

 Payee ZIP Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter information

 

 in the following order: city, province or state, postal code, and the

 

 name of the country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign

 

 Country Indicator must contain a "1".

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       REQUIRED. Enter the city,

 

                                        town, or post office. Left-

 

                                        justify and fill the unused

 

                                        positions with blanks. Do not

 

                                        enter state and ZIP Code

 

                                        information in this field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 72-73      Payee State        2        REQUIRED. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviation for the state as

 

                                        shown in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP          9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as you

 

                                        have entered a "1" in the

 

                                        Foreign Country Indicator

 

                                        field, which is located in

 

                                        position 162 of Sector 1 of

 

                                        the "B" Record.

 

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 83-110     Blank              28       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 111-133    Special Data       23       This portion of the payee "B"

 

            Entries                     Record may be used to record

 

                                        information for state or local

 

                                        government reporting or for

 

                                        the filer's own purposes.

 

                                        Payers should contact their

 

                                        state or local revenue

 

                                        departments for filing

 

                                        requirements. If this field is

 

                                        not utilized, ENTER BLANKS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 134-139    Date of            6        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

            Closing                     Enter the closing date in the

 

                                        format MMDDYY (e.g., 102491).

 

                                        DO NOT ENTER HYPHENS OR

 

                                        SLASHES.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 140-178    Address or         39       REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

            Legal                       Enter the address of the

 

            Description                 property transferred including

 

                                        city, state, and ZIP Code. If

 

                                        the address does not

 

                                        sufficiently identify the

 

                                        property, also enter a legal

 

                                        description, such as section,

 

                                        lot, and block. If you are

 

                                        entering an address, include

 

                                        the state and ZIP code where

 

                                        the property is located. If

 

                                        fewer than 39 positions are

 

                                        required, left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks.

 

 

                                        For timber royalties, enter

 

                                        "TIMBER."

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 179        Property           1        REQUIRED FOR FORM 1099-S ONLY.

 

            or Services                 Enter "1" if the transferor

 

            Received                    received or will receive

 

                                        property (other than cash and

 

                                        consideration treated as cash

 

                                        in computing gross proceeds)

 

                                        or services as part of the

 

                                        consideration for the property

 

                                        transferred. If transferor may

 

                                        receive property (other than

 

                                        cash) or services to satisfy a

 

                                        debt having a stated principal

 

                                        amount, you must also enter 1.

 

 

                                        Enter blank if this field is

 

                                        not used.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 180-256    Blank              77       Enter blanks.

 

 

     PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM 1099-S

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 11. PAYEE "B" RECORD - FIELD DESCRIPTIONS AND RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W-2G

.01 This section contains the general payment information for Sector 2 of Form W-2G. For detailed explanations of the W-2G fields see the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G" included in your reporting package.

.02 See Part E, Sec. 5 for field descriptions for Sector 1 of the Payee "B" Record for Form W-2G.

.03 FORM W-2G CANNOT BE FILED UNDER THE COMBINED FEDERAL/STATE FILING PROGRAM.

                     RECORD NAME: PAYEE "B" RECORD

 

                       FORM W-2G - SECTOR 2 ONLY

 

 

 SECTOR 2

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record             1        REQUIRED. Must be a "2". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYEE Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "B".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-42       Payee Mailing      40       REQUIRED. Enter mailing

 

            Address                     address of payee. Street

 

                                        address should include number,

 

                                        street, apartment or suite

 

                                        number (or P. O. Box if mail

 

                                        is not delivered to street

 

                                        address). Left-justify and

 

                                        fill unused positions with

 

                                        blanks. The address MUST be

 

                                        present.

 

 

                                        This field MUST NOT contain

 

                                        any data other than the

 

                                        payee's mailing address. Any

 

                                        format may be used in

 

                                        reporting a foreign mailing

 

                                        address.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

      For U.S. addresses, the Payee City, Payee State and Payee Zip

 

 Code must be reported as a 29, 2 and 9 position field, respectively.

 

 For foreign addresses, you may use the Payee City, Payee State and

 

 Payee Zip Code as a continuous 40 position field. Enter information

 

 in the following order: city, province or state, postal code, and the

 

 name of the country. When reporting a foreign address, the Foreign

 

 Country Indicator must contain a "1".

 

 

 43-71      Payee City         29       REQUIRED. Enter the city, town

 

                                        or post office. Left-justify

 

                                        and fill the unused positions

 

                                        with blanks. Do not enter

 

                                        state and ZIP Code information

 

                                        in this field.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 72-73      Payee State        2        REQUIRED. Enter the valid U.S.

 

                                        Postal Service state

 

                                        abbreviation for the state as

 

                                        shown in Part A, Sec. 19.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 74-82      Payee ZIP          9        REQUIRED. Enter the valid 9

 

            Code                        digit ZIP Code assigned by the

 

                                        U.S. Postal Service. If only

 

                                        the first 5 digits are known,

 

                                        left-justify and fill the

 

                                        unused positions with blanks.

 

                                        Use this field for the ZIP

 

                                        Code only. For foreign

 

                                        countries, alpha characters

 

                                        are acceptable as long as you

 

                                        have entered a "1" in the

 

                                        Foreign Country Indicator

 

                                        field, which is located in

 

                                        position 162 of Sector 1 of

 

 

                                        the "B" Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 83-112     Blank              30       Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 113-118    Date Won           6        REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        Enter the date of the winning

 

                                        event in the format MMDDYY

 

                                        (e.g., 102491). This is not

 

                                        the date the money was paid,

 

                                        if paid after the date of the

 

                                        race (or game). DO NOT ENTER

 

                                        HYPHENS OR SLASHES.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 119-133    Transaction        15       REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        For state conducted lotteries,

 

                                        enter the ticket or other

 

                                        identifying number. For keno,

 

                                        bingo, and slot machines,

 

                                        enter the ticket or card

 

                                        number (and color, if

 

                                        applicable), machine serial

 

                                        number or any other

 

                                        information that will help

 

                                        identify the winning

 

                                        transaction. All others, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 134-138    Race               5        REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the race (or

 

                                        game) applicable to the

 

                                        winning ticket. If no entry,

 

                                        enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 139-143    Cashier            5        REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the initials of

 

                                        the cashier making the winning

 

                                        payment. If no entry, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 144-148    Window             5        REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the window

 

                                        number or location of the

 

                                        person paying the winnings. If

 

                                        no entry, enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 149-163    First ID           15       REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the first

 

                                        identification number of the

 

                                        person receiving the winnings.

 

                                        If no entry, enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 164-178    Second ID          15       REQUIRED FOR FORM W-2G ONLY.

 

                                        If applicable, the second

 

                                        identification number of the

 

                                        person receiving the winnings.

 

                                        If no entry, enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 179-256    Blank              78       Enter blanks.

 

 

       PAYEE "B" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT FOR SECTOR 2 OF FORM W2-G

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SECTION 12. END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Payer "C" Record consists of one 256-position sector. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "C" Record is a summary record for a type of return for a given payer.

.03 The "C" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed by a given payer. The "C" Record MUST be written after the last "B" Record for each type of return for a given payer. For each "A" Record and group of "B" Records on the file, there must be a corresponding "C" Record.

.04 In developing the "C" Record, for example, if you used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records will appear in Control Totals 1, 3 and 6 of the "C" Record. In this example, positions 27-41, 57-86 and 102-146 would be zero filled.

.05 Payers/Transmitters must verify the accuracy of the totals in the "C" Record.

.06 Missing or incorrect "C" Records will result in the media being returned for correction.

                 RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "C" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record             1        REQUIRED. Must be a "1". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "C."

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-8        Number of          6        REQUIRED. Enter the total

 

            Payees                      number of "B" Records covered

 

                                        by the preceding "A" Record.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero fill.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 9-11       Blank              3        Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

      REQUIRED. If any corresponding Payment Amount fields are present

 

 in the "B" Records, accumulate into the appropriate Control Total

 

 field. CONTROL TOTALS MUST BE RIGHT-JUSTIFIED, AND UNUSED CONTROL

 

 TOTAL FIELDS MUST BE ZERO FILLED. Please note that all Control Total

 

 fields are 15 positions in length.

 

 

 12-26      Control            15

 

            Total 1

 

 

 27-41      Control            15

 

            Total 2

 

 

 42-56      Control            15

 

            Total 3

 

 

 57-71      Control            15

 

            Total 4

 

 

 72-86      Control            15

 

            Total 5

 

 

 87-101     Control            15

 

            Total 6

 

 

 102-116    Control            15

 

            Total 7

 

 

 117-131    Control            15

 

            Total 8

 

 

 132-146    Control            15

 

            Total 9

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 147-256    Blank              110      Enter blanks.

 

 

                END OF PAYER "C" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 13. STATE TOTALS "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The State Totals "K" Record consists of one 256-position sector. The Control Total fields are each 15 positions in length.

.02 The "K" Record is a summary for a given payer and type of return to a given state in the Combined Federal/State Filing Program. Use ONLY when state reporting approval has been granted.

.03 The "K" Record will contain the total number of payees and the totals of the payment amount fields filed for a given state. The "K" Record(s) must be written after the "C" Record for the related "A" Record.

.04 In developing the "K" Record, for example, if you used Amount Codes 1, 3 and 6 in the "A" Record, the totals from the "B" Records coded for this state will appear in Control Totals 1, 3 and 6 of the "K" Record.

.05 There MUST be a separate "K" Record for each state being reported.

.06 Refer to Part A, Sec. 17 for the requirements and conditions that MUST be met to file on this program.

                 RECORD NAME: END OF PAYER "K" RECORD

 

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record             1        REQUIRED. Must be a "1". Used

 

            Sequence                    to sequence the sectors making

 

                                        up a PAYER Record.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "K".

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 3-8        Number of          6        REQUIRED. Enter the total

 

            Payees                      number of "B" Records being

 

                                        coded for this state.

 

                                        Right-justify and zero fill.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 9-11       Blank              3        Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

      REQUIRED. If any corresponding Payment Amount fields are present

 

 in the Payee "B" Records, accumulate into the appropriate Control

 

 Total fields. CONTROL TOTALS MUST BE RIGHT-JUSTIFIED, AND UNUSED

 

 CONTROL TOTAL FIELDS MUST BE ZERO FILLED. Please note that all

 

 Control Total fields are 15 positions in length.

 

 

 12-26      Control            15

 

            Total 1

 

 27-41      Control            15

 

            Total 2

 

 42-56      Control            15

 

            Total 3

 

 57-71      Control            15

 

            Total 4

 

 72-86      Control            15

 

            Total 5

 

 87-101     Control            15

 

            Total 6

 

 102-116    Control            15

 

            Total 7

 

 117-131    Control            15

 

            Total 8

 

 132-146    Control            15

 

            Total 9

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 147-254    Blank              108      Enter blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 255-256    Combined           2        REQUIRED. Enter the code

 

            Federal/State               assigned to the state which is

 

            Code                        to receive the information.

 

                                        (Refer to Part A, Sec. 17,

 

                                        Table 1.)

 

 

                END OF PAYER "K" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

SEC. 14. END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

.01 The End of Transmission "F" Record consists of one 256-position sector. The "F" Record is a summary of the number of payers in the entire file.

.02 This record should be written after the last "C" Record (or last "K" Record, when applicable) of the entire file.

              RECORD NAME: END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 SECTOR 1

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 Diskette

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1          Record Type        1        REQUIRED. Enter "F."

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 2-5        Number of          4        You may enter the total number

 

            "A" Records                 of "A" Records in the entire

 

                                        file. Right-justify and zero

 

                                        fill or enter all zeros.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 6-30       Zero               25       Enter zeros.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 31-256     Blank              226      Enter blanks.

 

 

             END OF TRANSMISSION "F" RECORD - RECORD LAYOUT

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]

 

 

PART F. MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION

SECTION 1. MAGNETIC MEDIA-RELATED FORMS AND PUBLICATIONS AVAILABLE AT THE IRS MARTINSBURG COMPUTING CENTER

.01 IRS/MCC maintains supplies of magnetic media-related forms and publications including:

-Publication 1220, Specifications for Filing Forms 1098, 1099, 5498, and W-2G Electronically or on Magnetic Tape, Tape Cartridge, and 5 1/4-, 3 1/2-, and 8-Inch Magnetic Diskettes

-Publication 1187, Requirements and Conditions for Filing Form 1042S, Foreign Person's U.S. Source Income Subject to Withholding, on Magnetic Tape

-Publication 1239, Requirements and Conditions for Submitting Form 8027, Employer's Annual Information Return of Tip Income and Allocated Tips, on Magnetic Tape

-Publication 1245, Magnetic Tape Reporting for Forms W-4

-Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G

-Form 8508, Request for Waiver From Filing Information Returns on Magnetic Media

-Form 4419, Application for Filing Information Returns Magnetically/Electronically

-Form 8809, Request for Extension of Time to File Information Returns

-Form 4804, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically

-Form 4802, Transmittal of Information Returns Reported Magnetically/Electronically Continuation

-Form 5064, Media Label

-Notice 210, Preparation Instructions for Media Label, Form 5064

-Form 6466, Transmittal of Magnetic Tape of Form W-4, Employee's Withholding Allowance Certificate

-Form 6467, Multiple Employer Transmittal for Magnetic Tape Reporting of Form W-4

-Form 6468, How to Prepare Form 6469, Tape Label for Form W-4

-Form 6469, Tape Label for Form W-4

.02 To order any of these forms or publications, you may contact IRS/MCC. You may also call the IRS toll-free forms and publications order number (1-800-829-FORM), or contact your local IRS office.

SEC. 2. FEDERAL DOLLAR CRITERIA

.01 For your convenience, the federal requirements for reporting the information returns to IRS is provided in Table 1.

                 TABLE 1. FEDERAL DOLLAR REQUIREMENTS

 

 

 FORM             DOLLAR CRITERIA

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1098             $600

 

 1099-A           ALL

 

 1099-B           ALL

 

 1099-DIV         $10 ($600 for Liquidations)

 

 1099-G           $10 - Unemployment and Tax Refunds

 

                  $600 - All others

 

 1099-INT         $10

 

                  $600 (In some cases)

 

 1099-MISC        $600

 

                  ALL (Fishing boat proceeds)

 

                  $10 (Royalties or Substitute Dividend and Tax-

 

                  Exempt Interest Payments Reportable by Brokers)

 

                  $5,000 - Direct sales indicator

 

 1099-OID         $10

 

 1099-PATR        $10

 

 1099-R           ALL

 

 1099-S           ALL ($600 de minimis rule)

 

 5498             ALL

 

 W-2G             $600

 

                  $1200 (Bingo or Slot Machines)

 

                  $1500 (Keno)

 

 

For specific information, refer to the 1991 "Instructions for Forms 1099, 1098, 5498, and W-2G."

SEC. 3. MAGNETIC TAPE/DISKETTE FORMAT FOR EXTENSION OF TIME

.01 The following specifications contain the required 205 byte record format for extension of time requests submitted on magnetic media or through IRP-BBS. Also included are the instructions for the information that is to be entered in the record.

.02 If requesting an extension of time to file for more than 50 payers, IRS strongly encourages you to submit the list of payers, addresses, and EINs on tape or diskette.

.03 See Part A, Sec. 11, for complete information on requesting an extension of time to file your information returns. In order to be considered, the request must be postmarked by the due date of the returns; otherwise the request will be denied.

.04 The record format is also on IRP-BBS and can be downloaded. See Part C for more information on how to contact the IRP-BBS.

.05 Magnetically filed request for an extension of time should be sent to:

     Internal Revenue Service

 

     Martinsburg Computing Center

 

     P. O. Box 879

 

     Kearneysville, WV 25430

 

 

.06 Transmitters who submit their extension of time requests on magnetic media will receive a letter from IRS/MCC with an attached list of the payers specifying approval or denial.

.07 If additional information is needed on the record format, contact IRS/MCC.

.08 Tape specifications are as follows:

(a) 9 track ONLY

(b) EBCDIC or ASCII recording mode

(c) 1600 or 6250 BPI

(d) Fixed block size of 4100 bytes

(e) Record length of 205 bytes

(f) Header and trailer label tape

.09 Diskette specifications are as follows:

(a) Diskettes must be 5 1/4 or 3 1/2 inch

(b) ASCII recording mode ONLY. Additional specification may be found in Part B, Sec. 3, of this revenue procedure.

(c) Record length of 205 bytes

(d) MS/DOS ONLY

.10 Positions 6 through 154 of the following record should contain information about the PAYER for whom the extension of time is being requested. Do not enter transmitter information in these fields.

 Field

 

 Position   Field Title        Length   Description and Remarks

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 1-5        TRANSMITTER         5       Enter the five digit

 

            CONTROL CODE                Transmitter Control Code (TCC)

 

                                        issued by IRS.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 6-14       PAYER EMPLOYER      9       Must be the valid 9-digit

 

            IDENTIFICATION              number assigned by IRS.

 

            NUMBER

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 15-54      PAYER              40       Enter the name of the payer

 

            NAME                        whose EIN appears in Pos 6-

 

                                        14.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 55-84      PAYER              30       Enter payer address.

 

            ADDRESS

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 85-114     PAYER              30       Enter additional payer address

 

            ADDRESS 2                   information, if needed.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 115-143    PAYER CITY         29       Enter payer city.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 144-145    PAYER STATE         2       Enter payer state.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 146-154    PAYER ZIP           9       Enter payer zip code.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 155-186    TRANSMITTER        32       Enter transmitter contact

 

            CONTACT                     name. This should be the name

 

                                        of a person who can be

 

                                        contacted concerning the

 

                                        request.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 187-196    TRANSMITTER        10       Enter the phone number of the

 

            PHONE NUMBER                Transmitter Contact including

 

                                        the area code.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 197-200    TRANSMITTER

 

            PHONE               4       Enter the Transmitter

 

            EXTENSION                   Contact's phone extension, if

 

                                        applicable. If none, enter

 

                                        blanks.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 201        FORM W-2            1       Enter character "X" if

 

                                        extension request is for Form

 

                                        W-2. Otherwise, enter blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 202        FORMS 1099,         1       Enter character "X" if

 

            1098, AND                   extension request is for Form

 

            W-2G                        1098, 1099-A, 1099-B, 1099-

 

                                        DIV, 1099-G, 1099-INT, 1099-

 

                                        MISC, 1099-OID, 1099-PATR,

 

                                        1099-R, 1099-S, and W-2G.

 

                                        Otherwise, enter blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 203        FORM 5498           1       Enter character "X" if

 

                                        extension request is for Form

 

                                        5498. Otherwise, enter blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 204        FORM 1042-S         1       Enter character "X" if

 

                                        extension request is for Form

 

                                        1042-S. Otherwise, enter

 

                                        blank.

 

 --------------------------------------------------------------------

 

 205        REQUEST             1       Enter "1" if this is your

 

            NUMBER                      first extension request. Enter

 

                                        "2" if this is your second

 

                                        request.

 

 

 [Editor's note:  These record layouts are graphic representations

 

 of the file specifications described above. They have been omitted

 

 because they provide no additional information and are not suitable

 

 for clear on-screen presentation.]
DOCUMENT ATTRIBUTES
  • Language
    English
  • Tax Analysts Electronic Citation
    not available
Copy RID